China DLT5047 1995

DL
Industrial Standard of Electric Power of People’s Republic of China

P DL/T 5047-95
The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power

Construction
Section of Steam Boiler Set
Issued on Jan. 04, 1996 Effective on May 1st,1996
Issued by
Ministry of Electric Power Industry of People’s Republic of China

Industrial Standard of Electric Power of People’s Republic of China
P DL/T 5047-95
The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power

Construction
Section of Steam Boiler Set
Compiled by: The Center of Technical & Economic Consultancy for Electric
Power Construction under the Ministry of Electric Power
Industry
The Standardization Department of the Federation of Chinese
Electric Power Enterprises
Approved by: The Ministry of Electric Power Industry of P.R.C
China Electric Power Press

Beijing 1996
Preface
Since The Code for Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section
of Steam Boiler Set) (SDJ245-88) was issued and implemented, it has played an active
role in promoting the electric power industry construction and the quality of the boiler
construction of power stations. With the rapid development of socialist market
economy in China, the development in electric power industry and improvement in
power generation quality have provided essential guarantee for development of social
economy. In order to meet the requirements for safe, economical, stable and full”
operation of thermal power plant on, adapt to the demand for the construction of large
sets and new equipment, we have organized the personnel concerned to modify and
supplement the previous Code, and have made large alteration to it, for which, we
have organized three seminars and assessments.
The national standards, industrial standards and documents used or cited by this Code
are ones currently in use that were issued before Jan. 1996. 36 new standards are
issued, and 14 former ones are replaced, one standard, which was numbered 26 in
appendix XVI in the former standard, was cancelled. With the introduction of new
standards, much modification are made to this Code, such as connection by
high-strength bolts, installation of oil tank, welding process and quality, erection of
piping, pump mounting, start-up commissioning of the whole set, chemical cleaning,
adjustment of relief valve, and steam flushing, etc.
With development of new equipment, technique and materials, more new articles are
added to the Code, where 10 articles are added for “3.5 Circulating Pump” under “3
Heating Surface”; and 20 articles are added to “5.5 Smoke Desulfurization Device”
under “5 Smoke, Wind, Coal Piping and Attachment”; 10 sub-articles are added to
“7.3.5MPS (ZGM) Medium-Speed Coal pulverizer” under “7.3 Coal Pulverizer”; and
6 appendixes are newly added; 4 appendixes are modified and updated; and one
appendix is canceled.
This Code is examined and approved by the Ministry of Electric Power Industry, and
was issued on Jan. 4, 1996 in form of No. 6 DJ [1996] File, numbered DL/T5047-95,
and which will be enforced as May 1st, 1996, the former Standard SDJ245-88 is
abolished immediately.
Compiled by: The Consulting Center for Electric Power Construction Technology &
Economy of the Ministry of Electricity Industry
The Standardization Department of the Federation of Chinese Electric
Power Enterprises
Co-editors: Electric Power Construction Research Institute of the Ministry of
Electric Power Industry
Chief editors: Fan Jiuzhou, Tao Hengsheng
Table of Contents
ISSUED BY...................................................................................................................................... I
PREFACE ........................................................................................................................................1
1 GENERAL PROVISIONS ..........................................................................................................6
1.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ....................................................................................................6

1.2 REQUIREMENT FOR COORDINATION IN THE BUILDING ENGINEERING BEFORE ERECTING
THE BOILER ...................................................................................................................................9
2 BOILER FRAMEWORK AND RELATIVE METALLIC STRUCTURE...................... 11
2.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS .................................................................................................. 11

2.2 CHECKING, RULING FOR BOILER FOUNDATION AND ERECTION .......................................12
OF EDGE IRONS ............................................................................................................................12
2.3 BOILER FRAMEWORK COMBINATION ..............................................................................13
2.4 ERECTION AND SECONDARY GROUTING FOR BOILER FRAMEWORK ................................14
2.5 BOILER DOOR, INSPECTION HOLE AND FURNACE WALL PARTS ........................................17
2.6 SEALING COMPONENTS FOR A BOILER ............................................................................18
2.7 COMBUSTION UNIT ..........................................................................................................19
2.8 AIR PRE-HEATER ..............................................................................................................21
2.9 ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENGINEERING ................................................................................25
3 HEATING SURFACE...........................................................................................................26
3.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................26

3.2 STEAM DRUM AND HEADER ............................................................................................28
3.3 WATER COOLING WALL ...................................................................................................29
3.4 OVER-HEATER, RE-HEATER, COAL ECONOMIZER AND DESUPERHEATER.........................31
3.5 CIRCULATING PUMP.........................................................................................................32
3.6 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST ...........................................................................................33
4 AUXILIARY PIPES OF BOILER.......................................................................................36

4.2 BLOW-DOWN, SAMPLING, HEATING, DRAINAGE AND DISCHARGE, AND EXHAUSTION PIPE
OF A BOILER .................................................................................................................................36
4.3 WATER LEVEL GAGE........................................................................................................37
4.4 RELIEF VALVE ..................................................................................................................38
4.5 SOOT-BLOWING SYSTEM..................................................................................................39
5 SMOKE, AIR, COAL PIPES AND ATTACHMENTS ......................................................41

5.2 ASSEMBLING AND ERECTION OF SMOKE, AIR AND COAL PIPES ......................................41
5.3 ACCESSORIES AND UNITS FOR SMOKE, AIR AND COAL PIPES ..........................................42
5.4 COAL POWDER SEPARATOR AND DUST ARRESTOR ...........................................................44
5.5 SMOKE DESULFURIZING UNIT .........................................................................................48
6 FUEL SYSTEM DEVICE AND PIPE.................................................................................52
6.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ...........................................................................................52
6.2 FUEL DISCHARGER AND UNLOADING PIPE ......................................................................52

6.3 OIL TANK AND ITS ACCESSORIES .....................................................................................53
6.4 FUEL SUPPLY UNIT AND PUMP HOUSE PIPES ...................................................................53
6.5 PIPES IN THE PLANT PROPER............................................................................................54
6.6 FUEL PIPES IN THE BOILER ROOM ...................................................................................56
6.7 TESTING AND PURGING OF THE FUEL SYSTEM.................................................................56
6.8 PRECONDITIONS FOR THE FUEL SYSTEM TO RECEIVE FUEL ............................................57
7 AUXILIARY MACHINERIES FOR THE BOILER.........................................................58

7.2 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR INSTALLING MECHANICAL COMPONENTS .........................58
7.3 COAL PULVERIZER ...........................................................................................................65
7.4 AIR BLOWER....................................................................................................................79
7.5 COAL FEEDER ..................................................................................................................82
7.6 POWDER FEEDER .............................................................................................................84
7.7 HELICAL POWDER CONVEYOR ........................................................................................84
7.8 AIR COMPRESSOR ............................................................................................................85
7.9 EQUIPMENT CONCERNING CLINKER (ASH) .....................................................................87
8 COAL TRANSFERRING EQUIPMENT ...........................................................................91

8.2 ADHESIVE TAPE TYPE COAL TRANSFERRING MACHINE ..................................................91
8.3 COAL UNLOADER FOR ADHESIVE TAPE TYPE COAL TRANSFERRING MACHINE ..............95
8.4 MAGNET SEPARATOR .......................................................................................................96
8.5 COAL CRUSHER ...............................................................................................................96
8.6 COAL SIEVING MACHINE .................................................................................................98
8.7 WAGON UNLOADER AND COAL YARD FACILITIES ...........................................................98
8.8 ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENGINEERING ..............................................................................101
9 HEAT INSULATION PAINT FOR THE BOILER’S FURNACE WALLS, THERMAL

DEVICES AND PIPES ...............................................................................................................102
9.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ................................................................................................102

9.2 FURNACE WALL AND HEAT INSULATION MATERIALS ....................................................104
9.3 CONSTRUCTION OF REFRACTORY CONCRETE ................................................................106
9.4 CONSTRUCTION OF HEAT-INSULATION CONCRETE ........................................................109
9.5 FRAMEWORK TYPE REFRACTORY CONCRETE FURNACE WALL .....................................109
9.6 FURNACE WALL IN WHICH TUBES LAID ........................................................................ 110
9.7 LIGHT MASONRY FURNACE WALL ................................................................................. 111
9.8 CONSTRUCTION OF THE GUARD LAYER FOR THE FURNACE WALL ................................. 114
9.9 HEAT INSULATION FOR THERMAL DEVICES AND PIPES .................................................. 115
9.10 CONSTRUCTION OF PAINT .............................................................................................. 118
9.11 WINTER CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................... 118
9.12 ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENGINEERING .............................................................................. 119
10 START-UP COMMISSIONING AND ACCEPTANCE FOR BOILER SET ............120
10.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ................................................................................................120

10.2 ESSENTIALS FOR COMMISSIONING OF BOILER ...............................................................121
10.3 BAKING THE BOILER ......................................................................................................123
10.4 CHEMICAL CLEANING OF BOILER ..................................................................................124
10.5 FLUSHING AND PURGING OF PIPES.................................................................................127
10.6 STEAM TIGHTNESS TEST AND ADJUSTMENT OF RELIEF VALVE .....................................128
10.7 START-UP AND COMMISSIONING FOR THE WHOLE KIT ..................................................129
APPENDIX A THE MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLING TOLERANCES OF

STEEL STRUCTURES FOR A BOILER (THE APPENDIX FOR THE STANDARD)......132
APPENDIX B THE REFERENCE DATA FOR CRITICAL TEMPERATURE OF STEEL

COMMONLY USED IN THERMAL POWER PLANT (THE APPENDIX FOR TIP) .......141
APPENDIX C THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF OVERALL SIZE OF

FOUNDATION FOR BOILER (THE APPENDIX FOR STANDARD) ................................142
APPENDIX D THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF STEEL CONCRETE

STRUCTURE FOR BOILER AFTER HOISTING (THE APPENDIX FOR STANDARD)143
APPENDIX E MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLING TOLERANCE OF PIPE TYPE

AIR PRE-HEATER (THE APPENDIX FOR STANDARD)...................................................145
APPENDIX F THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FOR OUTER DIAMETER AND WALL

THICKNESS OF HEATING SURFACE PIPE( THE APPENDIX FOR STANDARD).......147
APPENDIX G THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MANUFACTURING DIMENSION

FOR FLUE PIPE, AIR PIPE AND COAL PIPE......................................................................148
APPENDIX H THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FOR MASONRY

CONSTRUCTION(THE APPENDIX FOR APPENDIX) .......................................................149
APPENDIX J THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF FOUNDATION FOR HEAVY DUTY

POWER EQUIPMENT( THE APPENDIX FOR STANDARD) ............................................151
APPENDIX K CALCULATING THE AREA OF EDGE IRON GROUP..........................152
APPENDIX L END FACE CLEARANCE OF FLEXIBLE CYLINDER PIN COUPLING

(THE APPENDIX FOR TIP) .....................................................................................................153
APPENDIX M EXPANSION CLEARANCE OF SUPPORTING BEARING (THE

APPENDIX FOR TIP)................................................................................................................154
APPENDIX N AXIAL RUN-OUT OF MAIN BEARING (THE APPENDIX FOR

APPENDIX).................................................................................................................................155
APPENDIX P STANDARD FOR COAL-UNLOADING PLATFORM..............................156
AT COAL-UNLOADING OUTLET .........................................................................................156
APPENDIX Q STANDARD FOR SET RAILWAY...............................................................157
APPENDIX R CURRENT NATIONAL STANDARDS, INDUSTRIAL REGULATIONS,

RULES RELATIVE TO THIS CODE ......................................................................................158
APPENDIX S OPTIONAL CLEANING MEDIUM( THE APPENDIX FOR TIP)...........162
APPENDIX T RULES OF SAFETY FOR BOILER (THE APPENDIX FOR APPENDIX)

......................................................................................................................................................165
APPENDIX U TERMINOLOGY RELATIVE TO THE RULE..........................................166
APPENDIX V DESCRIPTION ON WORDS IN THE RULE...........................................168

1 General Provisions
1.1 General regulations
1.1.1 The Code is applicable to the construction and acceptance of domestic power
station boiler set with a capacity of 65~2100t/h, main steam pressure of 3.82~25MPa,
and main steam temperature of 450~550C; as for the construction and acceptance of
the machine set with a higher or lower capacity and parameters than the above, this
Code may be used for reference; and for the construction & acceptance of sets
imported from abroad, specification from the manufacturer shall be followed, and if a
manufacturer has not such clear specification, this Code shall be followed.
1.1.2 The installation of a boiler set shall be carried out according to the design and
technical documents of equipment. In addition to this Code, the documents
concerning piping, welding, pump, and thermal measuring instruments shall be used
in conjunction with related technical standards under this Code;
1.1.2.1 The installation of steam pipe, water supply pipe and industrial water pipe in
range of a boiler shall follow The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power
Construction (Section of Piping) (DL5031-94);
1.1.2.2 The welding operations during the preparation and installation of
pressure-bearing pipes shall follow The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric
Power Construction (Section of Welding for Thermal Power Plant) (DL5007-92); the
welding for not-pressure-bearing parts on important steel structures and
pressure-bearing components shall be carried out by qualified and proper welders;
1.1.2.3 The installation of pumps shall follow The Code of Erection and Acceptance
of Electric Power Construction (Section of Turboset) (DL5011-92);
1.1.2.4 The installation of thermal measuring instruments shall follow The Code of
Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Thermal
Instruments and Controlling Devices) (SDJ279-90);
1.1.2.5 The anti-corrosion requirement for the heating surface on boiler shell and
other concerned piping shall follow The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric
Power Construction (Section of Chemistry of Thermal Power Plant) (DLJ58-81);
1.1.2.6 The installation of such mechanical devices as boiler elevator and hoisting
devices shall follow the related regulations of The Code for Erection and Acceptance
of Elevator (GB10060-93), The Code for Erection and Acceptance of Installation
Engineering for Mechanical Equipment, (I), (IV), (V) and (VI) [TJ231-75 (I),
TJ231-78 (IV), TJ231-78 (V) and TJ231-78 (VI)] and Standard for Quality Inspection
and Evaluation of Erection Engineering of Elevator (GBJ310-88);
1.1.2.7 For the steel structures of a boiler and auxiliary machines and equipment, if
the connection by welding and rivets is adopted, the related regulations of The Code
for Erection and Acceptance of Steel Structure Engineering (GBJ205-83) shall be
followed.
1.1.3 Any design alteration can be conducted only after going though the
formalities concerned. The technical materials for design alteration shall be sorted
timely and kept properly.
1.1.4 The technical requirements for construction of new product and equipment, if
the manufacturer has provided no clear specification, shall be discussed and jointly
worked out by the builder, operator, designer and manufacturer, and shall be followed
during the construction.
1.1.5 In addition to this Code, the erection construction of a boiler set shall also
follow the safety technology, boiler supervising, labor protection and fire protection
regulations issued by the State Council and related departments as well as “Technical
Management Rule for Electric Power Industry” [(80) No. 26 DJZ file], “Management
Discipline for Construction Technology of Electric Power Building” [(80) No. 5 HFZ
file].
1.1.6 Before assembling and erection, the boiler set shall be checked and found to
be qualified for the “Manufacture under Supervision” and “Safety Check” department
organized by the operator (employer), and be re-checked according to this Code. If
any defect is found, it shall be submitted to the employer and manufacturer for
discussion and confirmation. If the erection quality is not up to the specification in
this Code due to such manufacture defect, it is subject to the signatures of
representatives of the employer and the manufacturer.
1.1.7 For any boiler components within the boiler supervising range, the technical
document from the manufacturer must be obtained to prove that the materials
employed and manufacturing quality are in compliance with Safety Technology
Supervising Instructions for Steam Boiler [No.4 LRG (1987) File] issued by the
Ministry of Labor Personnel or The Boiler Supervising Instructions for Electric Power
Industry (SD167-85) issued by the former Ministry of Water Conservancy and
Electric Power; only after that, can the construction be carried out.
1.1.8 All the erection equipment and materials shall be equipped with product
quality certificates, and they shall be checked and certificated based on this Code;
they can be put into use only after checking to be qualified on-site.
1.1.9 The finished or semi-finished products (including smoke, air and coal pipes,
etc.) processed by oneself and materials produced and prepared by one-self on-site
(including boiler furnace wall, heat-insulation materials, etc.) shall be checked in
accordance with this Code and related regulations, and can be put into use only after
they are checked and found to be qualified.
1.1.10 Before hoisting the equipment, a check shall be carried out on the temporary
fixing installation for the equipment, and there shall be a close visual inspection for
the force-bearing welded seam.
1.1.11 When erecting the equipment, checking and acceptance shall be carried out
timely; the next operation shall not be conducted if the previous operation is not
checked and accepted to be qualified. Any hidden engineering, before being hidden,
must be checked and accepted to be qualified, and signature from the related parties
shall be furnished.
1.1.12 During construction, the site shall be kept tidy. After erecting equipment,
before enclosing equipment and starting the boiler set, a thorough check and cleaning
shall be done, and there shall be never any foreign matters existing inside.
1.1.13 The start-up and acceptance of the boiler set must follow The Start-up and
Completion Acceptance Instructions for Capital Construction Works for Thermal
Power Plant (No. 159 DJ [1996] File) issued by the Ministry of Electric Power.
1.1.14 After the boiler set is erected, complete construction technology record shall
be furnished, which shall be in compliance with the design document, equipment’s
technical document and this Code.
1.1.15 After the boiler set is erected, it shall be furnished with the following
technical documents:
1.1.15.1 Record for equipment defect(s) and signed certificate(s) for that;
1.1.15.2 Design alteration material(s) (including necessary drawings attached);
1.1.15.3 Intermediate acceptance record and signed certificate(s) for hidden
engineering (see the following chapters);
1.1.15.4 Erection technical record and signed certificate(s) (see the following
chapters);
1.1.15.5 Quality verification and evaluation sheet;
1.1.15.6 Drawing at completion of erection.
1.1.16 The design, manufacturing, maintenance and use of hoisting and transporting
machines shall follow the instructions and regulations concerned. The hoisting and
transporting machines newly erected, disassembled or overhauled shall go though
load test before usage, and their protection, brake and light signal indication shall be
inspected, can be put into use only after all of these are found acceptable. The driver
and operator shall be examined and qualified for that.
1.1.17 Before construction, the constructer shall study this Code, The Safety
Instruction for Electric Power Construction (Section of Thermal Power Plant)
(DL5009, 1-92) and concerned parts of the technical operation instructions, and they
are allowed to go to their posts only after they have passed the examination in safety.
1.1.18 The device storage before erection shall follow The Maintenance and Storage
Instructions for Thermal Power Devices for Basic Electric Power Construction
(SDJ68-84) issued by the Basic Construction Office of the former Ministry of Water
Conservancy and Electric Power as well as the technical documents of the devices
according to the natural condition, climatic condition, surrounding environment and
storage time, etc. of the storage place.
1.1.19 When construction is conducted in winter and in a very-hot season, measures
shall be made up to avoid damage of devices and guarantee the quality in accordance
with the device features and technical requirement.
1.1.20 The device-storing place shall be based on the design specification of
construction organization, and avoid secondary handling as much as possible.
1.1.21 When unpacking the devices, a joint check with concerned parties shall be
carried out, with records taken. After checking the devices, they shall be stored
properly in a timely manner, so as to avoid loss, damage and deterioration. The
technical document for unpacked devices shall be kept separately.
1.1.22 For the devices for a boiler set that will be stored for a long time or stored in
an environment with corrosive gas, before erection, an overall check of corrosion
shall be carried out and the treatment shall be conducted based on actual conditions.
1.2 Requirement for Coordination in the Building Engineering
before Erecting the Boiler

1.2.1 Before starting the erection of a boiler set, the installation site shall get ready
as follows:
1.2.1.1 The device foundation, underground ditch, facilities and all the concrete
platforms within the factory buildings shall be completed, and floor in the plant shall
be backfilled and tampered; and the frosted concrete floor shall be made as much as
possible, the road or railway entering into the plant shall be finished, and they shall
meet the design requirement of construction organizations as much as possible;
1.2.1.2 The device foundation shall be checked and accepted to be qualified in
accordance with the national standard—The Code for Construction and Acceptance
for Concrete Structure Engineering (GB50204-92); and if the foundation strength is
not up to 70% of the design strength class, it shall not bear force;
1.2.1.3 If indoor erection is adopted, generally, the room shall be ceiled, and
waterproof engineering for the roof shall be done in a timely manner; when open
erection is carried out, the construction scheme shall be considered in advance in the
design and organization of construction so as to facilitate both the building and
erection engineering;
1.2.1.4 Reliable coving plates and rails shall be installed at the erection holes and
open parts on each floor of the building;
1.2.1.5 Reliable firefight devices, adequate lighting and water drainage shall be in
place at the erection site;
1.2.1.6 The residual materials and foreign matters left by the civil engineering shall
be removed timely.
1.2.2 Before the construction of boiler framework adopting the reinforced concrete,
the organizations in charge of erection and the civil works shall determine, through
negotiations, the mutual coordination and special requirements for the construction of
reinforced concrete framework for the boiler and that of the boiler body. Before
hoisting the boiler body, the construction deviation of the framework shall be overall
re-checked.
1.2.3 Do not drill hole(s) on the building, damage the bearing reinforcements and
pre-stressed reinforcements arbitrarily, or apply welding on it. If it is required as a
result of need of the construction, the consent shall be obtained from the concerned
departments in advance, and hole(s) shall be made with proper tool(s).
1.2.4 When an expansion project is implemented, proper insulation measures shall

be taken between the expanded and the production facilities.
2 Boiler Framework and Relative Metallic Structure
2.1 General Regulations
2.1.1 This chapter is applicable to the construction and acceptance of boiler
framework (including steel pillar, steel-pipe concrete pillars, reinforced concrete
pillars, beams, top plates, truss and guard plate framework, etc.), sealing components
(including cover, wall plates, etc.), platform, ladder, boiler door, furnace wall parts,
combustion unit, ash (clinker) chamber, air pre-heater, and other metallic structures.
2.1.2 For the measurement and re-check of the main dimensions for the boiler
framework and relative metallic structures, one must use steel rules calibrated to be
qualified by a metrological department; and same kind of steel rules shall be used by
the civil building, erection and construction unit. To make the measurement accurate,
spring balance shall be used to pull tight the steel rule, and when the measuring
distance is the same, the pulling force shall be the same.
2.1.3 Before erection of the steel boiler framework and relative metallic structures,
the following inspections are required for main components according to the supply
list, packing list and drawings:
2.1.3.1 The outer dimensions shall be in compliance with the drawings, and the
allowable deviation shall be based on the manufacturing and assembling tolerances of
steel structures for a boiler, see Appendix A.
2.1.3.2 Appearance inspection including that of such defects as rust, scale and crack;
2.1.3.3 Visual checking of the welding, riveting and bolting quality;
2.1.3.4 Analysis and re-checking of alloy steel components one by one by using
spectrum (excluding low alloyed steel such as 16Mn);
2.1.4 When calibrating the steel boiler framework and relative metallic structures,
attention shall be given to the following:
2.1.4.1 After cold calibration, it shall be free from such damage as concave/convex
and crack, etc.,when the ambient temperature is lower than -20C, no hammering is
allowed, to avoid the brittle fracture;
2.1.4.2 The temperature for carbon steel when calibrating under heated state shall
generally be no more than 1000C, and for alloy steel, it shall be controlled below Ac1,
a critical temperature of steel; for the critical temperatures of steels commonly used in
thermal power plant, see Appendix B.
2.1.5 The stacking place for steel structures and metallic structures shall be level and
solid, and be furnished with necessary water drainage facilities; the structures shall be
stacked smoothly, the distance between cushion woods shall not result in deformation
in structures, and when the structures are stacked in several layers, attention shall be
given to the erection sequence.
2.2 Checking, Ruling for Boiler Foundation and Erection
Of Edge irons
2.2.1 Before erecting the boiler, a countercheck of foundation shall be carried out
according to the acceptance record, and shall meet the following requirements:
2.2.1.1 Be in compliance with the design and national standard—The Code for
Construction and Acceptance of Concrete Structure Engineering. For the allowable
deviation of the boiler foundation, see appendix C;
2.2.1.2 The positioning axial line shall be checked against the reference point for
building the plant and shall be free from error;
2.2.1.3 The allowable deviations in the ruling of the boiler foundation are:
a) Column spacing  10m 1mm
>10m 2mm
b) Corresponding diagonal lines of columns  20m 5mm
>20m 8mm
2.2.1.4 When the foot bolts for the steel framework are pre-buried, the requirements
for the positioning plates are:
a) Distance deviation between columns 1/1000 of distance 5mm
b) Deviation in corresponding diagonal lines of column 8mm
2.2.2 The secondary grouting distance shall be no less than 50mm between foundation
surface and base plate of the patten; all foundation surfaces shall be frosted, and the
points for placing edge irons shall be chiseled to be flat.
2.2.3 When installing with edge irons, they shall meet the following requirements:
2.2.3.1 The surfaces of edge irons shall be flat, and shall be planed to be flat if
necessary;
2.2.3.2 The number shall not exceed 3 pieces for each group of edge irons, and the
width generally is 80~120mm, the length shall be about 10mm longer than the base
plates of the patten, and the thicker ones will be placed at the lower layer. When the
secondary grouting interval is more than 100mm, it is allowable to place a framework
formed by profiled steel plus a edge iron;
2.2.3.3 The edge irons shall be placed under the vertical rib plates of the pillar base
plates, the total force-bearing area of the edge iron under each pillar shall be
calculated based on/on the basis of the design load-bearing capacity of the column,
and the unit force-bearing capacity of the edge iron shall be no more than 60% of
design concrete strength of the foundation;
2.2.3.4 After erecting the edge irons, a hand hammer shall be used for an inspection
to ensure that it is free from looseness, and spot-weld the edge irons together, then
weld them with the patten’s base plate.
2.3 Boiler Framework Combination
2.3.1 The column butting and frame combination shall be conducted on a firm
combination stand, and the stand shall be leveled.
2.3.2 When the boiler framework is combined, usually an elevation line of 1m is first
drawn on the column as follows:
2.3.2.1 For a bearing structure, a point of 1m elevation is determined for the pillar
largely based on the main card head’s elevation while considering the elevations of
most card heads and that of the column top;
2.3.2.2 For a suspended structure, generally, one will determine the 1m elevation for
the pillar based on the elevation of the big beam of the top plate or that of the column
top surface, and the shrinkage value of the column shall be taken into consideration
based on the technical documents of the equipment.
2.3.3 When the boiler steel framework is combined, attention shall be given to the
welding sequence and reservation of proper allowance for welding shrinkage, so as to
ensure that the combined size will exceed allowable deviation after welding.
2.3.4 For the allowable deviations for combined steel boiler frameworks, see table
2.3.4.
Table 2.3.4 Allowable Deviations for Combined Steel Boiler Frameworks
unit: mm
No. Items to be checked Allowable deviation
1/1000 of distance, max. no more than
1 Distance between columns 1)
10
2 Parallelism between columns 1/1000 of length, max. no more than 10
3 Elevation of beam 2)
5
4 Parallelism between beams 1/1000 of length, max. no more than 5
1.5/1000 of length, max. no more than
5 Corresponding diagonal lines of combination unit
15
6 Relative mismatch between beam and column’s central lines 5
Distance between guard plate frame inside and column’s central +5
7
line 0
8 Distance between beams of top plate 3)
3
Verticality of platform support to column, truss and guard plate 2/1000 of length
9
framework
10 Platform’s elevation 10
11 Relative position of platform to the column’s central line 10
Notes:
1) For a bearing structure, it shall better have a positive deviation for column distance.
2) The deviation in elevation of beam for bearing steam drum, coal economizer, re-heater,
over-heater and air pre-heater shall be –50mm; and the installation requirements for rigid platform
are the same as that for beam.
3) The beam distance for top plate of suspending structure refers to the distance between central lines
of main hoisting holes.
2.4 Erection and Secondary Grouting for Boiler Framework
2.4.1 When aligning the boiler framework for installation, one can do that based on
the reference elevation of the plant, measuring the 1m elevation of each column,
which can be adjusted with the edge irons under the column; for steel column base
plates with adjusting bolts, one can adjust the elevation with the adjusting bolts.
2.4.2 When erecting the boiler framework, a layer (section) shall be aligned once it is
erected; it is strictly forbidden to conduct the next operation on an unaligned
framework, so as to prevent any deviation that can’t be corrected after erection.
2.4.3 When a welded boiler framework is erected, it shall be first be aligned and
fixed by spot welding, and proper allowance for welding shrinkage shall be left; and
formal welding can only be carried out after re-checking the dimensions and
confirming they meet requirements. For welding, attention shall be paid to the
welding sequence, and avoid excessive error in erection dimension after welding.
2.4.4 During and after hoisting the boiler framework, the stability of structure shall
be ensured, and temporary reinforcement can be made where necessary; after hoisting,
the verticality of columns and deflection of main beams as well as dimension of each
point shall be double checked.
2.4.5 When aligning and putting in place the framework combinations with furnace
walls, one shall maintain the design clearance between furnace wall and heating
surface and that of between furnace walls.
2.4.6 When a boiler adopts a suspended structure, the arc cushion plate on column
top shall be erected in accordance with the technical document of equipment, and the
cushion plates shall be in correct direction, and the upper and lower plates shall be in
good contact.
2.4.7 When high strength bolts are used, they shall be stored, transported, kept,
mounted, inspected and accepted in accordance with the technical document from the
manufacturer; if the manufacturer has no clear specification, one shall follow The
Instructions for Design, Construction and Acceptance of High-strength Bolt
Connection for Steel Structure (JGJ82-91); and shall meet the following basic
requirements:
2.4.7.1 The high-strength bolt connection kit (composed of one bolt, one nut and
one washer) shall be supplied by the manufacturer in complete sets, and they shall be
furnished with quality certificate;
2.4.7.2 The type dimensions and technical conditions of anti-shear high-strength
bolt connection kit shall be in compliance with Anti-shear High-strength Bolt
Connection kit for Steel Structures – Type Dimension (GB3632-83) and Anti-shear
High-strength Bolt Connection kit for Steel Structures – Technical Condition
(GB3633-83);
2.4.7.3 For the anti-shear high-strength bolt connection kit transported to the
construction site, one shall check timely the bolt wedge load-bearing capacity,
guaranteed load bearing capacity for nut, hardness of nut and washer, average
tightening shaft force of connection kit and the freak coefficient, and the inspection
results shall be in compliance with regulations(GB3633-83). They can be put into use
only after they are qualified;
2.4.7.4 The anti-slip coefficient of the friction surface shall be inspected in
accordance with Clause 3.3.2 of (JGJ82-91). The min. value inspected shall be no less
than the design value. When it doesn’t meet this, the friction surface of the structure
shall be re-treated, and the treated structure surface shall be re-inspected;
2.4.7.5 The inspection and testing way for high strength bolt connection kit shall be
in compliance with the following standards:
a) The tension test for bolt material shall follow The Metal Tension Testing Method
(GB228-87);
b) The impact test for bolt material shall follow The Metal Charpy (U-notch) Impact
Testing Method (GB229-84);
c) The wedge loading test shall follow The Mechanical Performance for
Fasteners--Bolts, Screws and Studs (GB3098.1-82);
d) The test on guaranteed load capacity for nut shall follow The Mechanical
Performance for Fasteners—Nuts (GB3098.2-82);
e) For bolt, the hardness test shall follow (GB3098.1-82), and for nuts, shall follow
(GB3098.2-82); for hardness test of a washer, four points on its surface shall be
selected arbitrarily, and then the average value of three points is obtained.
2.4.8 The erection welded-seam bearing installed load (including dead weight), the
amount, thickness and length of positioning weld points shall be determined
according to calculation; and for the erection welded-seam without bearing of
installed load (including dead weight), the total length of positioning weld points shall
be no less than 10% of its welded seam length, and not be less than 50mm.
2.4.9 The allowable deviations for erection of boiler framework are shown in Table
2.4.9.
Table 2.4.9 Allowable Deviations for Erection of Boiler Steel Framework
unit: mm
1 Patten center and foundation lining-out center 5
2 Column elevation and design elevation 5
3 Difference in elevations between columns 3
4 Distance between columns1) 1/1000 of distance, max. not more than 10
5 Verticality of columns 1/1000 of length, max. not more than 15
6 Corresponding diagonal lines in upper and lower planes of 1.5/1000 of length, max. not more than 15
each column
7 Elevation of beam2) 5
8 Levelness of beam 5
9 Distance from guard plate frame or truss to column central +5

line 0
10 Distance between beams of top plate 3) 3
11 Elevation of top plate 5

12 1.5/1000 of vertical plate height, max. not

Verticality of large plate beam
more than 5
13 Elevation of platform 10
14 Relative position between platform and column central line 10
Note: the notes for the table are same as that of Table 2.3.4.
2.4.10 For reinforced concrete boiler framework, one shall pay attention to the
following :
2.4.10.1 Before construction of the reinforced concrete boiler framework, the position,
mode of anchoring and design load, etc. of the pre-buried parts shall be checked on
the basis of the construction drawing;
2.4.10.2 Attention shall be given to the coordination of construction of reinforced
concrete boiler framework and erection of boiler body so as to avoid mutual
influence;
2.4.10.3 Before installation of the boiler device, the geometric dimension, elevation
and settlement of reinforced concrete boiler framework shall be rechecked according
to the acceptance record. The deviation in diagonal lines of reinforced concrete
columns shall be no more than 15mm. The reinforced concrete framework of boiler
shall be in compliance with The Code for Construction and Acceptance of Concrete
Structure Engineering . For allowable deviations, see Appendix D.
2.4.11 The steel-pipe concrete pillar and construction of concrete in the pipes shall
meet the design specifications. After pouring the concrete, it is strictly forbidden to
heat under high temperature and weld by large area on the pillar surface.
2.4.12 There shall be sufficient expansion clearance at the bolt connection point
with an expansion displacement, and see to the direction of expansion.
2.4.13 The platform and ladders shall be erected as early as possible in coordination
with the boiler framework to promote the stability of the frame and safety of
construction. The welding connection shall be secured in time; and the connection
through steeve and clamping apparatus shall be tightened timely, steeve and clamping
apparatus shall not be sufficient in quantities.
2.4.14 The columns for rails shall be vertical, and the spacing shall be even; a pillar
shall be built at the corner. The vertical rails at the same side on platforms of different
floors shall be on the same vertical line as much as possible. For platform, ladder, rails,
columns and enclosing plates, after erection, they shall be flat and firm, and the joints
shall be smooth.
2.4.15 Don’t cut short or extend ladders ad lib, or change the slant of ladders, or
change the heights of upper/lower steps and distance between the connecting
platforms.
2.4.16 The corrugated type outer guard plates shall be well kept. And try to avoid
collision and damage, the abutting of lines shall be consistent, and the fasteners shall
be sufficient in quantities; when seam joggling and lap joint is adopted, gathering of
ash and water shall be avoided.
2.4.17 The showering device and ash nozzle for the ash chamber shall have correct
mounting position and angle, the joints shall be tight and leak free, and the swing
device shall be free from obstruction.
2.4.18 There shall be no crack, sand hole and roughness in the surface of water
ash-flushing tile in the ash ditch of the ash chamber. The deviation in mounting slant
is 2, and the roughness on surfaces between tiles along the flow direction shall be
no more than 5mm.
2.4.19 After the alignment of framework is completed, one shall fix the pedestal on
the foundation in accordance with the drawing. When the reinforced bars are fixed
through the welding method, the reinforcements shall be heated and bent and was
stuck to the base plate of the pedestal (stick as close as possible to the vertical rib
plate), the heating temperature generally shall be no more than 1000C, and the length
seam between the reinforcement and vertical rib plates shall be 6~8 times the
reinforcement diameter, and a double side welding is adopted.
2.4.20 The time for the secondary grouting of the boiler foundation generally is:
when the patten is welded and fixed with reinforcements, that can be done after the
hoisting of large components of the boiler is completed; when the patten is fixed by
foot bolts or adjusted by bolts, that can be done after aligning the first section of the
framework.
2.4.21 Before the secondary grouting of the boiler foundation, one shall check to see
whether the edge irons, foot bolts and foundation reinforcements are completed, and
clean away the oil dust, welding slag and foreign matters on the base surface.
2.4.22 The secondary grouting of the boiler foundation shall be in compliance with
the drawing(s) and The Code for Construction and Acceptance of Concrete Structure
Engineering.
2.5 Boiler Door, Inspection hole and Furnace wall Parts

2.5.1 Both the internal and external surfaces of boiler door and inspection hole shall
be free from crack, flaw and through sand hole, etc.; it shall be flexible in opening and
closing, and the jointing surface shall be tight and leakage free.
2.5.2 The stuffing such as asbestos rope is required between the boiler door,
inspection hole that are connected by bolts and the wall surface, so as to maintain the
tightness; the fixing bolt head of the door frame shall be fully welded on the inside of
the wall; after bolts is tightened, the screw shall be 2~3 turns outside the nut.
2.5.3 The interlocking for the latch of the inspection hole for the boiler with positive
or slightly-positive pressure and the air channel shall be well adjusted, and it shall
have 0.5~0.55mm clearance between its nozzle and the casing body, and the air
channel shall be free from obstruction.
2.5.4 The weight balance and opening angle of the boiler’s explosion-proof door
cover shall be checked against the drawing; after erection, the opening pressure for
the adjustable explosion-proof door shall be adjusted: if there is no specification
available, one can adjust that by using the working pressure plus 0.5kPa as the action
pressure; the mounting position of the outgoing pipe shall not influence the opening of
the door cover and hinder the thoroughfare; the water-sealing explosion-proof door
shall pass the leak tightness test in accordance with the manufacturer’s specification.
2.5.5 The appearance of the furnace wall parts shall be free from such defects as flaw
and crack, etc.; the outer dimensions and materials for the furnace wall parts shall be
in compliance with drawing; when erecting furnace wall parts, one shall leave space
for expansion.
2.6 Sealing Components for a Boiler
2.6.1 The water- and sand-sealed trough body shall be erected flatly, tightly and free
from leakage.
2.6.2 The connection between water- and sand-sealed flashboard shall be tightly
connected with equipment (e.g. header, etc.), the connecting points shall be tight and
free from leakage; the flashboard can expand freely, and under hot state, the
flashboard will have relative displacement with the slot body.
2.6.3 After the erection of the water- and sand-sealed trough and before filling the
sealing media, record of the heat expansion clearance shall be made, and the slot
inside shall be cleaned so that no foreign matter is left.
2.6.4 The welded seam of the corrugated type expansion joint shall be tight, and the
corrugated type joint shall be in perfect state; during the erection, the cold draw value
or shrinkage shall be in compliance with the requirement of drawing, and shall be well
documented; the welded seam of the internal protective iron plate shall built at the
inlet side of the media.
2.6.5 The requirements for the faying surface of sealing device fixed by the bolts and
secure fastening of bolt are same as that of Clause 2.5.2.
2.6.6 The position for oval bolt hole at the connecting point for the steam drum,
header housing and sealing iron plate shall be correctly adjusted, and it shall not
hinder the heat expansion of the steam drum and header.
2.6.7 The sealing iron plate welded on the heating surface generally shall be erected
and welded before hydraulic pressure test of the heating surface, and the welded seam
shall pass leak tightness test and be free from leakage; if some points must be erected
and welded after hydraulic pressure test, reliable technical measures shall be required.
2.6.8 The channel of the ventilation beam shall be unblocked; the welded seam shall
be tight and free from leakage; during erection, heat expansion clearance shall be
reserved.
2.6.9 Before the ignition and starting-up the boiler, air-pressure test shall be carried
out to check its air tightness, and the testing pressure will be based on the technical
documents of the equipment; in case of no specification, positive-pressure test can be
conducted with a pressure 0.5kPa higher than the operating pressure of the furnace
chamber.
2.7 Combustion Unit

2.7.1 Generally, the erection of the combustion unit shall meet the following
requirements:
2.7.1.1 The welded seam and faying surface of the air distributor shall be tight and
free from leakage, and oil permeation or overall air leak test can be carried out if
necessary;
2.7.1.2 The baffle and shaft shall be firmly fixed, and the shaft seal shall be tight,
and shall be flexible in opening and closing; the shaft ends shall bear the mark of
actual position of baffle;
2.7.1.3 The operating apparatus shall be flexible and reliable, and the indicating
scales shall be in compliance with the actual position of the baffle; before ignition, the
actual position of the baffle shall be checked;
2.7.1.4 When mounting various combustion units, one shall take care to maintain
that the clearance from the water cooling wall pipes will not hinder the expansion, and
the coal powder injected by the flame nozzle will not flush surrounding pipes, and the
allowable deviations for the erection positions are:
a) Elevation of the combustion apparatus’s jet nozzle 5mm
b) Distance between combustion apparatus 5mm
c) Distance from the end combustion apparatus to the column central line 5mm
2.7.1.5 When erecting swing combustion apparatus and coal powder pipe, the
erection procedure shall be followed, and make sure the swing combustion apparatus
is not subject to external force.
2.7.2 For agitating (or adjusting-mechanism equipped) combustion apparatus, the
erection shall also meet the following requirements:
2.7.2.1 Proper expansion clearance shall be reserved between the secondary air
baffle door and air housing;
2.7.2.2 The allowable deviation in concentricity between the first and secondary fan
drums are:
a) If without adjusting mechanism 5mm
b) If with adjusting mechanism 3mm
2.7.2.3 It shall be tight and free from leakage at the bolted connection point between
first and secondary fan drums;
2.7.2.4 The operating apparatus with adjusting mechanism shall be flexible and
reliable.
2.7.3 The erection of fixed and swing seam combustion apparatuses shall also meet
the following requirements:
2.7.3.1 The allowable deviation from the nozzle to the tangential line of the
hypothetical combustion tangential circle shall be no more than 0.5;
2.7.3.2 The clearance between the nozzle and first air channel shall be no more than
5~8mm;
2.7.3.3 The clearance between the nozzle and secondary air channel rib plate shall
be no more than 10~15mm;
2.7.3.4 The allowable deviation in levelness of secondary and tertiary air nozzle
(when it is designed to be level) shall be no more than 2mm;
2.7.3.5 The upward and downward swing angle shall be in compliance with drawing,
and the graduation indication shall be correct.
2.7.4 For fuel combustion apparatus, the erection shall also meet the following
requirements:
2.7.4.1 The oil gun shall be even and straight, and the inside shall be unblocked;
2.7.4.2 The oil gun nozzle and atomizer shall be cleaned, clear and free from
damage, and the assembling order and direction shall be correct, the oil spraying hole
shall be unblocked, and it shall not have leakage after re-assembling;
2.7.4.3 The oil gun shall be concentric with the air distributor, the distance between
the nozzle and cyclone diffuser and the cyclone direction shall be in compliance with
the drawings;
2.7.4.4 The connecting points in the oil gun, especially the faying surface for those
with oil returning unit shall be sealed well, and shall be free from leakage;
2.7.4.5 The connecting branch pipes for oil inlet and return oil pipes shall meet the
following requirements:
a) The length of the copper tube shall have proper allowance and have room
reserved for adjustment of the oil gun;
b) The metallic tubes shall pass the water-pressure test with a pressure of 1.25
times of operation pressure, the bent radius of the metallic tube shall generally be 10
times bigger than its outer diameter, and the min. distance from the joint to the point
where bending starts shall be more than 6 times of its outer diameter;
c) The joints at both ends of the branch pipe shall be tight and free from
leakage.
2.7.4.6 The expansion mechanism of the oil gun shall work flexibly without
obstruction;
2.7.4.7 The erection dimension of the high-energy ignition unit shall be strictly in
accordance with the drawing.
2.7.5 For combustion apparatus with big bellow, the erection shall also meet the
2.7.5.1 The sliding air door for the first and secondary air must have heat expansion
clearance reserved, and it shall guarantee flexible operation during running;
2.7.5.2 The electrode actuator for the electric firing shall be unblocked;
2.7.5.3 The flammable gas system for ignition shall go through air-pressure test, so
as to guarantee that the system is tight and free from leakage.
2.7.6 The sliding hanger (frame) of the combustion unit fixed on the water cooling
wall shall slide freely, and the balancing weight hammer shall be erected correctly,
and be fixed firmly with the lever; within its travel range, the weight hammer shall
maintain certain distance from surrounding installations; for the steel wire, no middle
joints are allowed, and the cable clamp shall be secured reliably; the air channel
connected externally shall not hinder the expansion and normal displacement of the
combustion unit.
2.8 Air Pre-heater

2.8.1 Pipe type air pre-heater
2.8.1.1 For pipe type air pre-heater, the outer dimensions of the pipe box shall be
checked, and as for the allowable deviations, please refer to appendix E. And the dust,
rust and other foreign matters in and out the pipe shall be cleaned; he shall also check
the welding quality of the pipes and pipe plates, if necessary, its tightness shall be
checked by permeating oil test.
2.8.1.2 As for the allowable deviations in erection of the pipe type air pre-heater,
please refer to Table 2.8.1.2;
Table 2.8.1.2 Allowable Deviations in Erection of the Pipe Type Air Pre-heater
unit: mm
No. Inspection item Allowable deviation
1 Levelness of upper of the bearing framework 3
2 Elevation of the bearing framework 10
3 Verticality of pipe box 5
4 Distance between pipe box and framework column’s central line 5
5 Elevation of central pipe plate of adjacent pipe boxes 5
6 Elevation of top of the whole air pre-heater 5
7 Deviation of diagonal lines at upper of the pipe box 15
8 Cold drawn value of wave-shaped telescopic joints Acc. to drawing
2.8.1.3 When erecting the horizontal pipe-box air pre-heater, the up and down
direction should be paid much attention to, and wrong installation is forbidden;
2.8.1.4 The plug-in wear sleeve pipe shall have a proper pore, generally it can be
inserted with a slight force, and its projecting height shall meet the design requirement;
the butting anti-wear sleeve pipe shall be vertical to the pipe plate plane, and shall not
skew; the welding shall be secure and the number of spot-welding shall be no less
than two points;
2.8.1.5 After erection, the pipe type air pre-heater will pass air-pressure test
simultaneously with the test of cold and hot air channel, and there shall be no leakage;
and before starting-up the boiler set, an overall check shall be conducted before the
startup of the boiler unit. There shall be no foreign matters and dust inside the pipes.
2.8.2 Rotary type air pre-heater
2.8.2.1 The equipment check and inspection shall be in compliance with Clause 2.1,
7.1 and 7.2 of this Code.
2.8.2.2 The split stator (or rotor), after erection, shall be firmly connected according
to the regulations of technical documents of equipment, and the mismatched edges of
the joints shall be removed through abrasion.
2.8.2.3 The heat conductive components, after mounted into sector cabin, shall not
be loose, otherwise corrugated plate or positioning plate shall be added; the erection
of the heat conductive components of the rotor shall be conducted after rotor barring
is qualified; during construction, attention shall be given to the overall balance of the
rotor, so as to avoid blockage between heat conductive components;
2.8.2.4 The adjusting bolts of the seal unit shall be flexible and operate well, and
shall have adequate adjusting allowance;
2.8.2.5 The distance between the nozzle of soot blowing and flushing devices and
any point on the end face of the stator (rotor) shall be no less than the dimension
specified in the technical document for the equipment;
2.8.2.6 For lantern cycloidal speed reductor, before erection, idle operation of 2h is
required (simulating the actual working state), during the period, normal operation
and no leakage shall be ensured; before the actuator is started formally, the turning
motor shall be off-line automatically.
2.8.2.7 The roundness of the transmission shroud belt (subject to the pin shaft) shall
match that of the rotor (or stator), and the erection clearance between pin shaft and
transmission gear shall be in compliance with the technical document of equipment;
2.8.2.8 The roundness of the rotor (or stator) shall meet the following requirements:
a) Rotor: to measure the roundness at sealing surface at periphery of the rotor,
and the allowable deviations are as follows:
1) diameter 6.5 m 2mm
2) 10m  diameter > 6.5m 3mm
3) 15m  diameter > 10m 4mm
b) Stator: to measure the roundness at outer diameter of the casing, and the
deviation shall meet the technical documents of the equipment, generally, the
allowable deviations are as follows:
1) diameter  6.5 m 10mm
2) 10m  diameter > 6.5m 2mm
3) 15m  diameter > 10m 14mm
2.8.2.9 After the erection of fixing and lock units specified in the technical
document of equipment is completed, a careful check shall be carried out to ensure
that the fixing is secure and the lock is reliable.
2.8.3 Air-shield rotary type air pre-heater
2.8.3.1 The allowable deviations of the stator’s levelness (to measure 8 points at
periphery) shall be in compliance with the technical documents of the equipment,
generally, the allowable deviations are:
a) diameter  6.5 m 3mm
b) 10m  diameter > 6.5m 4mm
c) 15m  diameter > 10m 5mm
2.8.3.2 The movable bearing of the stator shall be level, and the upper and lower
contact surfaces of the pin rollers shall contact well in length direction, after aligning
the stator, the stop block shall be installed in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment;
2.8.3.3 The graphite bar of the guiding graphite bearing shall be slightly drawn into
the slot, and the radial clearance between it and the shaft shall be no more than
0.1mm;
2.8.3.4 When erecting the telescopic joints on the air channel framework, the
distance a between the connecting angle steels of the telescopic joints and the sealing
surface (fig. 2.8.3.4) consistent, and the allowable deviations are:
The distance b between the
connecting angle steels of the
telescopic joints and the stator end
(fig.2.8.3.4) shall be in
compliance with the technical
Fig.2.8.3.4 Schematic diagram of the distance documents of the equipment, and
between the connecting angle steels of the generally it shall be no more than
telescopic joints and the sealing surface 4mm;
2.8.3.5 The upper and lower air shields shall be aligned before they are fixed on the
shaft, and be sure that the rotation should be synchronous. According to the
measurement on periphery of the air shield, the deviation shall be no more than
10mm;
2.8.3.6 The clearance between the external circle of the rotary air shield and the
internal wall of the flue shall be even, and there shall be no friction during the
rotation;
2.8.3.7 The neck joints of the dynamic and static parts of the air duct shall be
concentric, and the allowable deviation of concentricity shall be no more than 3mm;
2.8.3.8 The seal unit at neck shall be erected exactly and reliably, and the contacting
tightness of the seal surfaces shall ensure an overall contact.
2.8.3.9 The dynamic and static joining points of the soot blowing and flushing unit
shall be in compliance with the technical document of equipment, and shall not be
blocked and be free from leakage.
2.8.4 Rotary heating-surface air pre-heater
2.8.4.1 The allowable deviations of flatness in assembling the upper and lower end
plates are:
2.8.4.2 The allowable deviation in levelness of upper and lower beams shall be no
more than 2mm;
2.8.4.3 The rotor shall be erected vertically. According to the measurement on upper
end of the main shaft, the allowable deviation of levelness shall be no more than
0.05mm. The rotor shall be concentric with the casing, and the concentricity deviation
shall be no more than 0.05mm, and the peripheral clearance shall be even;
2.8.4.4 The main shaft and the rotor, when assembled, shall be concentric, and the
deviation of verticality of the main shaft and the rotor is:
b) diameter > 6.5m 2mm
2.8.4.5 The cold-state sealing clearance of axial, radial and peripheral sealing shall
be adjusted in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment; and the
erection direction for the angle plate must be in compliance with the rotation direction
of the rotor;
2.8.4.6 The erection of pressurized oil lubrication system shall be executed in
accordance with 7.3.1.28~7.3.1.37 “Erection of oil system”;
2.8.4.7 The heat insulation layer in the central tube shall be in compliance with the
technical documents of the equipment;
2.8.4.8 The erection of the tracking unit for sealing clearance shall be in compliance
with the drawing.
2.8.5 Sub-item commissioning of the rotary air pre-heater
2.8.5.1 The general requirement for the sub-item commissioning shall be in
accordance with Clause 7.2.11;
2.8.5.2 The rotation direction of the air pre-heater shall be in compliance with the
design one;
2.8.5.3 The sealing clearance shall be in compliance with the technical documents
of the equipment;
2.8.5.4 The axial and radial runout of rotor (or air shield’s flange outer diameter),
generally, shall be no more than the value shown in Table 2.8.5.4.
Table 2.8.5.4 The Axial and Radial Runout of Rotor (air shield)
Outer diameter of rotor or air shield Axial runout (mm) Radial runout (mm)
Rotor Air shield Rotor Air shield
diameter  6.5m 2 4 2 (8) 1)
10
10m  diameter > 6.5m 3 6 4 (10) 13
15m  diameter > 10m 4 8 4 (14) 16
Note 1)The values in brackets are radial runouts when using H-type cast iron sealing blocks.
2.9 Acceptance of the Engineering

2.9.1 The certification item regarding the erection of the boiler framework and
relative metallic structures:
2.9.1.1 Certificate allowing secondary grouting after the edge irons for columns and
pedestal are fixed;
2.9.1.2 Certificate for air-pressure test for air pre-heater (except rotary air
pre-heater);
2.9.1.3 Certificate for air-pressure test for boiler’s hearth;
2.9.1.4 Certificate for the adjustment test for explosion-proof door (cold state) of the
boiler;
2.9.1.5 Certificate for sub-item commissioning of the rotary air pre-heater;
2.9.2 Record items concerning the erection of the boiler framework and relative
metallic structures:
2.9.2.1 Record on the re-check of the boiler foundation;
2.9.2.2 Record on erection of the boiler framework;
2.9.2.3 Record on erection of the combustion unit;
2.9.2.4 Record on erection of the air pre-heater;
2.9.2.5 Record on erection of the main thermal expansion displacement components
(e.g. thermal expansion clearance of water- and sand-sealed trough and the
cold-drawn value or shrinkage of the telescopic joints, etc.).
3 Heating Surface
3.1.1 Before erection, the heating surface equipment shall be completely checked
against the supply list, packing list and drawing to check whether there are any defects
such as crack, flaw, chap, flattened sign, sand hole and lamination, etc.; if the depth of
outer defect is more than 10% of the defined thickness of the pipe, Clause 1.1.6 of this
Code shall be applied; emphasis shall be put on the inspection of force-bearing
welded seam at components bearing heavy load, and the height of welded seam must
be in compliance with the drawing(s).
3.1.2 During the butt joint, attention should be given to inspection of the allowable
deviation (which is shown in Appendix F) in outer diameter and wall thickness of the
pipes on the heating surface, if the deviation exceeds the specifications of national
standard, Clause 1.1.6 of this Code shall be applied.
3.1.3 The materials of the alloy steel components shall be in compliance with the
technical document of equipment; before erection, the material must be re-checked,
and mark shall be made at obvious positions; after erection, the marks shall be
checked, and if the marks are not clear, the materials shall be re-checked again.
3.1.4 Before assembly and erection, the pigging test shall be carried out for the
heating surface pipe, the balls for which are steel ones, and shall be numbered and
strictly managed. The ball shall not be left within the pipeline. After the pigging test,
the pipes shall be reliably enclosed, and records shall be made; the ball diameters for
‘ball-pass’ test are as that shown in Table 3.1.4.
Table 3.1.4 Diameter of Ball for the Pigging Test

unit: mm
O.D. of pipe D1  60 32 < D1 < 60 D1  32
Bending radius
R  3.5 D1 0.85 D0 0.80 D0 0.70 D0
2.5D1 < R <3.5 D1 0.85 D0 0.80 D0 0.70 D0
1.8D1 < R <3.5 D1 0.75 D0 0.75 D0 0.70 D0
1.4D1 < R < 1.8 D1 0.70 D0 0.70 D0 0.70 D0
R < 1.4 D1 0.65 D0 0.65 D0 0.65 D0
Note D0–Inner diameter of pipe (D0 is actual inner diameter for imported pipe); D1--outer diameter; R—bending
radius.
3.1.5 Generally, no calibration is required for the heating surface; if it does need to
be calibrated, the platform for calibrating the pipe shall be firm, and its flatness shall
be no more than 5mm, and the lining-out dimensional error shall be no more than
1mm.
3.1.6 The allowable deviations in erection for such main devices as the steam drum,
header and heating surface are:
3.1.6.1 Elevation 5mm
3.1.6.2 Levelness steam drum 2mm, header 3mm
3.1.6.3 Distance between each other 5mm
Note: for suspended boiler, the emphasis shall be put on upper header, and the allowable deviation in distance
between heating surface pipe rows is 5mm.
3.1.7 The heating surface pipes shall be mechanically cut as much as possible. If
they are cut by flame, one shall remove the cinder and unflat surface. Before
connecting the heating surface pipes, one shall first make bevels according to the
drawing, and the matching clearances shall be even. 10~15mm to the end at both
outside and inside of the pipe, oil and iron rust before welding shall be removed till
metal shines.
3.1.8 The end surface for matching of the heating surface pipe shall be vertical to
the pipe’s central line, and the slant of the end surface ∆f (fig. 3.1.8) shall be in
compliance with Table 3.1.8.
Table 3.1.8 Slant of End Surface of Pipe unit:mm
Nominal diameter D Slant of the end surface ∆f
D  60  0.5
60 < D  108  0.8
108 < D  159 1
159 < D  219  1.5
219 < D 2 Fig. 3.1.8 Schematic diagram
of slant end surface for a pipe
3.1.9 The butt joint of welded parts require a flush inner wall, and the mismatching
value shall meet the following requirements.
3.1.9.1 The local mismatching value of the single-surface welded butting shall be no
more than 10% of the wall thickness, and shall be no more than 1 mm;
3.1.9.2 The local mismatching value of the double-surface welded butting shall be no
more than 10% of the wall thickness, and shall be no more than 3 mm.
3.1.10 Before assembling and erecting the heating surface components, to check the
manufacture quality of crator, the quality certificate of manufacturer (quality warranty
paper) and safety inspection qualification notification from the manufacturer shall be
first checked. A visual inspection shall be conducted on the manufacturing crators of
such main components as water-cooling wall, coal economizer, over-heater and
re-heater, etc. In case of any disqualification, Clause 1.1.6 of this Code shall be
applied before the construction is approved.
For components of heating surface of a boiler up to 670t/h, if no safety inspection has
been carried out, in addition to the inspection of the quality certificate (quality
warranty paper) from the manufacturer and appearance inspection, radiographic
detection inspection shall be conducted for the main components by different
materials and specifications whose 1/1000, that is, no less than 2 crators shall be
sampled for inspection. In case of any disqualification, re-inspection of two times the
above said samples shall be conducted, if the disqualification still occurs, Clause 1.1.6
is applied before the construction is approved.
3.1.11 The matching deviation for pipes on heating surface shall be checked with a
straight rule, and shall be no more than 2mm from the seam at the position 200mm
away from the welded seam center.
3.1.12 The butt welding point for heating surface pipe shall not be placed at the
bending points of the pipe, and the distance from the welding point to the
bend-starting point of the pipe shall be no less than the pipe diameter, and shall be no
less than 100mm (except for welded, wrought and cast pipes); and the distance from
the supporting hanger edge shall at least be 50mm.
3.1.13 For the butt welding point of barrel, the distance from the welding point to
the bend-starting point of the bulkhead shall be no less than the wall thickness plus
15mm, and shall be no less than 25mm or more than 50mm; the distance between two
butt welding points shall be no less than the pipe diameter, and shall be no less than
150mm.
3.1.14 Before hoisting the heating surface assemblies, one shall first get ready for
the hoisting, recheck each supporting points, positions of hoisting points and
dimensions of the hoisting rods.
3.1.15 Mechanical way shall be adopted when opening holes on the steam drum,
header, pressure-bearing pipe and equipment, and no flame cutting shall be used, no
metallic chip and other foreign matters shall fall, and it is noted that this shall be done
before blowing the pipes.
3.1.16 The alloy steel bolts for application with a working temperature not less than
500C and of a diameter more than 30 mm shall go through hardness test. The
hardness value will be in accordance with Table A3 in Appendix A of The Code of
Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Piping).
3.1.17 The heating surface pipes shall be clean, and no foreign matters shall fall in
during the erection.
3.2 Steam Drum and Header

3.2.1 Before assembling and erection, the insides of all headers shall be cleaned, all
stubs shall be unblocked, and thoroughly remove “bottom chips in drilled holes”
(known as eye-glass lens); check carefully the welding quality of corner welded seam
of the header stub.
3.2.2 The hoisting of the steam drum and header can only be done after aligning and
fixing the boiler framework; when aligning the steam drum and header for erection,
measurement shall be based on the central line of the framework and that of the
punched hole on the steam drum and header, and the elevation for erection will be
based on the 1m elevation of the framework.
3.2.3 Before erection, for the supporting stands and hoisting eyes for the steam drum
and header, the contacting positions shall be checked. The contacting angle shall be
within 90, and the contact should be under good condition. The arcs shall coincide,
and meet the requirements in the technical documents for manufacturing the
equipment.
3.2.4 The supporting stands for the steam drum and header shall meet the following
requirements:
3.2.4.1 The contact between stands and beam shall be flat and tight;
3.2.4.2 The reserved expansion clearance for the stands shall be adequate and in
correct direction;
3.2.5 The hoisting gears shall meet the following requirements:
3.2.5.1 The hoisting lugs, rods, plates and pin shafts of the hoisting gear shall be
firmly connected, and the welding technique shall be in compliance with the design
requirement;
3.2.5.2 Powder type lubricant shall be applied in between the spherical-surfaced
edge irons, so as to prevent sticking;
3.2.5.3 When tightening the hoisting rods, it is noted that the load shall be distributed
evenly; and before hydraulic pressure test, one shall recheck the force-bearing
capacity of the hoisting rod.
3.2.6 The expansion indicators shall be tightly mounted, and be placed reasonably,
they shall have correct indications.
3.2.7 After erection, the internal units in the steam drum shall meet the following
requirements:
3.2.7.1 The quantity of the parts and components shall not be inadequate;
3.2.7.2 All connection baffles for steam and water supply, etc. shall be tight and free
from leakage, and the welded seams at all places shall be welded completely without
missing anyone and shall be free from crack;
3.2.7.3 All flange faying surfaces shall be tight, and the connecting parts shall be
equipped with retraction-proof units;
3.2.7.4 Before enclosing, any foreign matters in the steam drum shall be removed;
3.2.7.5 The key connections shall be spot welded after erection, in case that they will
become loose.
3.2.8 On the steam drum wall on which welding is forbidden, never start arc or weld;
if it is necessary to weld, permission from the manufacturer must be gotten and strict
evaluating test on the welding process must be carried out.
3.3 Water Cooling Wall

3.3.1 The assembling of water-cooling wall must be conducted on a safe assembling
stand.
3.3.2 The allowable deviations for the water-cooling wall assembly are shown in
Table 3.3.2.
3.3.3 The allowable deviations for rigid beam assembling or erection are shown in
Table 3.3.3.
3.3.4 For the water-cooling wall assembly with furnace wall, before assembling the
furnace wall, hydraulic pressure test shall be done, the pressure for which shall meet
requirements of Clause 3.6.1 in this Code. Before the hydraulic pressure test, all
weldments of the heating surface shall be completely mounted.
3.3.5 For the assembly of water-cooling wall, proper hoisting points shall be
selected, and it shall be properly tightened. It shall have no permanent deformation
during transportation and hoisting.
Table 3.3.2 Allowable Deviations for the Water-cooling Wall Assembly
unit: mm
Allowable deviation
No. Inspection item
Bare tube Fin tube
1 Levelness of header 2 2
2 Deviation in diagonal line of the assembly 10 10
3 Assembly width Whole width  3000 3 5
Whole width > 3000 5 2/1000, max. not more than 15
4 Longitudinal and cross central line of the jet-burner  10  10
5 Length of assembly  10  10
6 Planness of the assembly 5 5
7 Fixing hook for the water-cooling wall Elevation 2
Mismatch 3
8 Vertical distance between central lines of headers 3 3
Table 3.3.3 Allowable Deviations for Rigid Beam Assembling or Erection

unit: mm
1 Elevation (based on upper header) 5
2 Central distance from heating surface pipe 5
3 Bending or distortion  10
4 Connection Free expansion
3.3.6 There shall be clearance between adjacent light tubes of water-cooling wall,
and for pipe sections with relative displacement during operation, expansion clearance
shall be reserved.
3.3.7 Be noted that the steel material used in splicing the gap between diaphragm
walls must be in compliance with drawing.
3.3.8 The cold drawing of the water-cooling wall shall be in compliance with the
technical documents of the equipment, and records shall be made.
3.4 Over-heater, Re-heater, Coal Economizer and Desuperheater
3.4.1 When assembling and erecting such snake-shaped tubes as over heater,
re-heater and coal economizer, first the header shall be aligned and fixed, then the
reference snake-shaped tube be erected. When erecting the reference snake-shaped
tube, he shall carefully check the butt joint between the snake-shaped tube and the
header pipes as well as the length deviation from the header center to the end of the
snake-shaped tube, and erect the rest pipes after aligning and fixing the reference
snake-shaped tube.
3.4.2 When heating and straightening the alloy steel components, the heating
temperature is generally controlled under the critical temperature Ac1 of the steel
(refer to Appendix B).
3.4.3 The allowable deviations for assembling and erecting the over heater and
re-heater assembly are shown in Table 3.4.3.
3.4.4 The allowable deviations for assembling and erecting the coal economizer are
shown in Table 3.4.4.
Table 3.4.3 Allowable Deviations for Assembling and Erecting

Over-heater and Re-heater
unit: mm
1 Free end of snake-shaped tube  10
2 Distance between tube row 5
3 Flatness of tube row  20
4 Clearance between the end tube and furnace wall According to drawing
Table 3.4.4 Allowable Deviations for Assembling and Erecting

the Coal-economizer
unit: mm
1 Width of assembly 5
2 Deviation in diagonal line of the assembly 10
3 Distance from header center to the bend end of the snake-shaped tube  10
4 Verticality of edge tube of the assembly 5
5 Clearance between the end tube and furnace wall According to drawing
3.4.5 For the anti-wear unit of the heating surface, expansion clearance shall be
reserved at the joints, and it shall not hinder the circulation of smoke.
3.4.6 The allowable deviation in flatness of over heater tube row for hover pipe is 
5mm, and the distances between tubes shall be even.
3.4.7 The assembling and erection of the over heater of wall-wrapping pipe can
refer to Clause 3.3 of this Code.
3.4.8 Before erection, for the water-spraying temperature reducer, the assembling
and enclosing certificate provided by the manufacturer shall be checked and visual
inspection shall be carried out; each adapter socket shall be unblocked, and the
welding shall be correct.
3.4.9 For pipes of heating surface for which the fault can’t be treated after erection,
a single-pipe water-pressure test or non-destructive flaw detection shall be carried out
once before erection. The testing pressure is 1.5 times of the working pressure, and
after the hydraulic pressure test, gathered water in the pipe shall be removed.
3.5 Circulating Pump

3.5.1 The circulating pump, arriving at the site, shall be kept properly in accordance
with the technical document from the manufacturer. Before erection, overall all
drawings of the equipment shall rechecked and the devices shall be checked.
3.5.2 When erecting the circulating pump, it must meet the following conditions:
3.5.2.1 It shall not lay any heat-insulation material on the bolts for motor and main
flange;
3.5.2.2 For the mounting length of the power cable of the motor, the expansion of
the devices and pipes shall be taken into consideration ;
3.5.2.3 The pump body shall be so erected that it can be expanded freely with the
water falling pipe, and the pump body shall not bear any external force;
3.5.2.4 The lower part of the motor shall have enough expansion clearance.
3.5.3 The connection between the pump and motor shall meet the following
requirements:
3.5.3.1 When the pump casing and the water falling pipe butt welding, make sure
that the flange at pump casing of the main motor is level., and the deviation shall be
no more than 1, and this shall be rechecked after welding;
3.5.3.2 Clean and check that it has no burr at the pump casing flange;
3.5.3.3 If after erection, the motor can’t be put into trial run, it shall be mounted in
static condition;
3.5.3.4 The main flange washer for the connection between pump casing and motor
shall be in perfect condition, and shall be erected in place by one shot;
3.5.3.5 The bolts on the flange shall be applied with high-temperature anti-wear oil,
and the nuts shall be carefully tightened.
3.5.4 The erection for the heat exchanger of the circulating pump system shall be in
accordance with the operation instruction from the manufacturer, and the bracket of
the motor casing shall be firm and reliable; during construction, low-voltage
exchanger/it is noted that the mistake in the washers for flange connection for
high-/low-voltage exchanger does not be made.
3.5.5 The low-voltage cooling system connected with the heat exchanger must be
equipped with a temporary filtering screen, meanwhile, the circulating path shall be
checked; the circulating way must be in compliance with the technical requirement of
the heat exchanger.
3.5.6 After mounting the cooling system of the motor, it shall be cleaned with
qualified demineralizing water, after that, fill qualified demineralizing water in the
motor for purpose of maintenance.
3.5.7 When the temperature is lower than 10C, anti-cold and anti-freeze measures
shall be taken outside the motor, in case that the isolation in the motor will be
damaged.
3.5.8 The circulating pump motor shall not take part in the overall over-pressure test
for the boiler.
3.5.9 The erection clearance of the circulating pump must be in compliance with the
technical drawing of the manufacturer.
3.5.10 For the sub-item commissioning of the circulating pump, in addition to
specification in Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it shall also meet the following
requirements:
3.5.10.1 Only after the motor chamber is filled continuously with qualified
demineralizing water, can the boiler body be supplied with water;
3.5.10.2 For the first instantaneous start-up, it should be confirmed that the motor
runs in correct direction, and the current and sound are normal;
3.5.10.3 When starting again the continuous sub-item commissioning, it must meet
the following conditions:
a) The water filling for the motor shall not be interrupted;
b) The water level of the steam drum is normal;
c) The thermal protection is put into operation;
d) The monitoring gage is correct and reliable.
3.6 Hydraulic pressure Test

3.6.1 After the heating surface system of the boiler is erected, hydraulic pressure test
shall be conducted in accordance with The Supervision Instruction for Safety
Technology for Steam Boiler issued by the Ministry of the Labor and Personnel as
well as the technical documents of the equipment; when it has no clear specification,
the testing pressure must meet the following requirements:
3.6.1.1 For steam drum boiler, it is 1.25 times the working pressure of the steam
drum;
3.6.1.2 For monotube boiler, it is 1.25 times the working pressure of the header at
outlet of the over heater, and shall not be lower than 1.1 times the working pressure of
the header at inlet of the coal economizer;
3.6.1.3 For re-heater, the pressure is 1.5 times the working pressure of the inlet
header.
3.6.2 Before carrying out hydraulic pressure test of the boiler, generally, one can
have an air pressure test with 0.2 ~0.3 MPa.
3.6.3 For hydraulic pressure test of the boiler, generally, the ambient temperature
shall be more than 5C, otherwise, reliable anti-cold and anti-freeze measures shall be
taken.
3.6.4 The water quality and incoming water temperature for hydraulic pressure test
shall be in compliance with the technical documents of the equipment. If without clear
specification, it shall follow The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power
Construction (Section of Chemistry for Thermal Power Plant), generally the water
temperature shall be no more than 80C; for alloy steel pressurized components, the
temperature for hydraulic pressure test shall be in compliance with the technical
documents of the equipment and “The Safety Technology Supervision Instructions for
Steam Boiler”.
3.6.5 During hydraulic pressure test, on the boiler, at least two pressure gages that
are calibrated to be qualified and the accuracy is not lower than class 1.5 shall be
mounted on the boiler, and the testing pressure will be based on the readout of the
gage at the main steam drum or header at over heater outlet.
3.6.6 The rising and falling speed for pressure in the hydraulic pressure test,
generally, shall be no more than 0.3 MPa/min; when it reaches to about 10% of the
test pressure, one shall have preliminary check; if he finds no leakage, he can increase
to the working pressure to check whether it has water leakage or abnormality; then,
continue to increase to the testing pressure, maintain that for 5min, after that, drop to
the working pressure and have an overall check, during which period, the pressure
shall be kept constant; if it finds no breakage, deformation and water leakage
according to the check, one can deem that the hydraulic pressure test is acceptable.
But for any big or small leakage at the welding seam, one shall repair them; whether
to have over-pressure test again will depend on the amount and points of the leakage.
3.6.7 The hydraulic pressure test under test pressure for a boiler shall be made as
less as possible.
3.6.8 When the hydraulic pressure test of the boiler is acceptable, one shall have
relevant certificates signed and drain the water timely; when the time between the
hydraulic pressure test and chemical cleaning time is more than 30 days,
anti-corrosion measures shall be taken in accordance with The Code of Erection and
Acceptance of electric Power Construction (Section of Chemistry for Thermal Power
Plant).

3.7.1 Record items for the erection of the heating surface:
3.7.1.1 Erection record for the steam drum;
3.7.1.2 Record for assembling and erecting the water cooling wall;
3.7.1.3 Record for assembling and erecting the over heater, reheater and coal
economizer;
3.7.1.4 Record of the thermal expansion clearance of the heating surface;
3.7.1.5 Recheck record for the material of alloy steel;
3.7.1.6 Erection record for the circulating pump;
3.7.1.7 Record for cold drawing for the water-cooling wall.
3.7.2 The items to be certificated regarding to the erection of the heating surface
devices:
3.7.2.1 Certificate showing qualified hydraulic pressure test for the coil pipe of the
surface type heat exchanger;
3.7.2.2 Certificate for the ‘ball-pass’ test for the heating surface pipe;
3.7.2.3 Certificate for erection and check of the internal devices in the steam drum;
3.7.2.4 Certificate for the sealing devices of the heating surface (refers to the boiler
of positive pressure or slightly positive pressure);
3.7.2.5 Certificate for hydraulic pressure test;
3.7.2.6 Certificate for circulating pump commissioning.
4 Auxiliary Pipes of Boiler
4.1General Regulations
4.1.1 This chapter is applicable to the erection and acceptance for such pipes and
devices as blow-down, sampling, heating, drainage and discharge, exhaustion,
soot-blowing, water level meter and relief valve, etc.
4.1.2 The pipe and supporting hanger arranged on site, generally, shall meet the
4.1.2.1 Overall planning shall be made for the pipes, and they shall be arranged
reasonably, the routine shall be short and fast, and they shall be equipped with
drainage slant. They are beautiful in technical way, and will not influence the passage;
4.1.2.2 The supporting hanger shall be placed reasonably, and with firm structure,
will not influence the expansion in pipe system;
4.1.2.3 When erecting the valves, the flowing direction of the media shall be paid
attention to;
4.1.2.4 The erection position of the valve and gearing devices shall make it easy for
operation and maintenance.
4.1.3 The electric devices for valve shall meet the following requirements:
4.1.3.1 To adjust correctly the position of travel switch depending on the
characteristic of the electric device, and the valve shall be able to close tightly and
open fully;
4.1.3.2 To carry out over-torque protection test in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment, and it shall act reliably when exceeding the specified
torque.
4.1.4 For a boiler with a working pressure of more than 9.8 MPa, the welding points
for attached pipes (except for the exhaustion pipe) shall be welded in argon arc way;
and for a boiler with a working pressure of less than 9.8 MPa, the welding points for
attached pipes (except for the exhaustion pipe) shall better be welded in argon arc way
if it is available.
4.2 Blow-down, Sampling, Heating, Drainage and Discharge, and
Exhaustion Pipe of a Boiler

4.2.1 The erection of blow-down, drainage and discharge pipes of a boiler shall
meet the following requirements:
4.2.1.1 Under operation, the pipes themselves have a slant not less than 0.2%, can
have thermal compensation freely and will not hinder the thermal expansion in the
steam drum, header and pipe system;
4.2.1.2 The blow-down, drainage and discharge pipes of different pressure shall not
be connected to the same mother pipe.
4.2.2 The regular blow-down pipes for the boiler shall be connected after the inside
of the header of the water-cooling wall is cleaned.
4.2.3 For the drainage and discharge pipes that may form up closed circuit during
operation, the selection of the pressure class shall be the same as that for the pipes
connected.
4.2.4 The erection of the sampling pipe shall meet the following requirements:
4.2.4.1 The pipe shall have adequate heat compensation, and maintain even
direction for the tube nests during operation;
4.2.4.2 The steam sampler shall be erected in correct direction;
4.2.4.3 Before installing the cooler for the sample, the tightness of the snake-shaped
pipe shall be checked.
4.2.5 When erecting the exhaustion pipe, clearance for thermal expansion shall be
noted, so that the steam drum, header and pipes can expand freely; their supporting
hangers shall be firm. The weight of the exhaustion pipe for the relief valve shall not
press on the relief valve.
4.3 Water Level Gage

4.3.1 Before erecting the water level gage, the following items shall be checked:
4.3.1.1 All steam and water channels shall not be blocked by foreign matters;
4.3.1.2 The faying surface between the glass pressing plate and mica sheet cover
shall be flat and tight, and one shall lap it if necessary;
4.3.1.3 All steam and water channels shall be filled with fillers, and shall be flexibly
in switching, tight and free from leakage;
4.3.1.4 Copper cushion shall be used as the faying surface.
4.3.2 The steam connection pipe between the water level gage and steam drum shall
tilt toward the water level gage, and the water connection pipe shall tilt toward the
steam drum; the support for the connecting pipe between steam and water shall
reserve clearance for expansion.
4.3.3 During the erection of the water level gage, the normal, high, low water level
line shall be clearly marked on the water level gage with the central line of the steam
drum as the reference; and the deviation shall be no more than 1mm.
4.3.4 The mica sheet, glass plate, quartz glass pipes used for the water level gage
shall meet the following requirements:
4.3.4.1 The mica sheet must be of excellent quality, transparent, straight and flat,
even, spotless, have no defects such as crack, wrinkle and bending, etc.
4.3.4.2 The thickness of the mica sheet shall be selected based on the pressure of the
boiler. When the working pressure is less than 9.8 MPa, the total thickness is 0.8 ~ 1.0
mm; when the working pressure is more than 9.8 MPa, the total thickness is 1.2 ~ 1.5
mm;
4.3.4.3 The pressure-withstanding strength and heat stability for the glass plate and
quartz glass pipe shall meet the requirement for working pressure of the boiler, and its
sealing surface shall be good.
4.3.4.4 The water level gage will only take part in the hydraulic pressure test with
working pressure, but will not take part in the over-pressure test.
4.4 Relief Valve
4.4.1 Except for those otherwise specified in the technical documents of the
equipment, generally, all relief valves shall be checked in disassembled state; the
material, machining accuracy and roughness, fitting clearance of each component
shall meet the requirement in the drawing; the weight hammer’s weight or spring
feature, adjustable travel shall be suitable to the adjusting pressure of the relief valve;
and the sealing surface shall be joined well, tight and free from leakage; the spring
quality shall meet the technical requirement.
4.4.2 For momentum type safety devices, after maintenance, records shall be made
about the stroke of the main relief valve and clearance of the expander ring as well as
the record on the spring compression test for the pulse valve, they will be used as
reference for the commissioning. When the manufacturer has no clear specification,
generally, the clearances are:
4.4.2.1 The radial clearance between the fixed guiding wing on the valve body and
valve flap of the main relief valve is 0.25 ~ 0.35 mm;
4.4.2.2 The radial clearance between the movable guiding wing on the valve rod and
runner at the valve seat of the main relief valve is 0.35 ~ 0.45 mm;
4.4.2.3 The radial clearance between the pulse valve flap and guiding sleeve is 0.18
~ 0.23 mm; and the radial clearance between the valve rod and the guiding sleeve is
0.1 ~ 0.18 mm.
4.4.3 The pulse valve shall be mounted on a firm structure, the spool of the pulse
valve shall be vertical; the mounting place shall be dry and clean, and the ambient
temperature shall not be too high.
4.4.4 The electromagnetic device of the pulse valve, driving lever and other driving
parts shall be correctly mounted, so as to guarantee the flexible action, and adequate
dragging force and travel.
4.4.5 The pulse pipes shall be as short as possible, and shall be properly fixed; all
pipe insides shall be cleaned before erection, and for alloy steel component, the
material shall be rechecked.
4.4.6 Proper distances shall be maintained in between the sampling point for the
pulse valve, sampling point for the pressure relay and the main relief valve, so that the
actions will not interfere with each other.
4.4.7 The buffer for momentum type safety unit shall be vertically erected to avoid
accumulated water; before erection, the inside shall be cleaned.
4.4.8 The disc spring type relief valve shall also meet the following requirements in
addition to Clause 4.4.1:
4.4.8.1 The disc spring shall pass the spring compression test, the test pressure is
1.5times the working pressure, and characteristic curve shall be drawn for the spring,
the proper compression height shall be determined;
4.4.8.2 When assembling disk spring, the eccentricity of the inner and outer circle
shall be no more than 0.5 mm; the non-flatness of the supporting surface shall be no
more than 0.5 mm; under a load of 300 N, the clearance between the supporting
surface and the flat plate shall be no more than 0.2 mm; the clearance shall not exceed
1/3 of the outer periphery;
4.4.8.3 The clearance between the washer and bolt on the small disk spring in the
compressed air cylinder shall be in compliance with the technical documents of the
equipment, and the three-way valve shall be flexible and tight;
4.4.8.4 The bracket at bottom of the exhaustion shall be able to expand freely.
4.4.9 The lever of the lever type relief valve shall be lever, and the blades at the
force applying point and supporting point shall point directly to the blade edge but not
skew; the guiding post supporting the lever shall be vertical, and it shall be no more
than 1mm per 100mm; after fixing, the bolt for the weight hammer shall be vertical,
and shall not have collision with other components within its action range.
4.4.10 For the relief valve of pure mechanical spring, when the boiler body is
undergoing hydraulic pressure test, generally, it will use the special spool for
hydraulic pressure test. Before the pressure for the body increases to 80% of the set
value of the max. pressure for the relief valve, the pressure can be increased only
when operating the pushing unit manually. After the hydraulic pressure test is
completed, and when the pressure drops to the value for pushing, the pushing unit
shall be dismantled.
4.4.11 It is strictly forbidden to place directly the exhaustion pipe on the
water-collecting tray of the exhaustion bend at outlet of the relief valve, and design
clearance shall be reserved.
4.5 Soot-blowing System

4.5.1 When erecting the pipes for soot-blowing system, the downward expansion
and heat compensation for the water-cooling wall shall be taken into consideration;
the pips shall be furnished with a 2% slant for water drainage.
4.5.2 After the erection of soot-blowing system, one shall blow clean with steam or
flush with water; the pressure release valve and relief valve on the system shall be
inspected and certificate shall be signed for that.
4.5.3 The erection of the soot-blowing system shall meet the following
requirements:
4.5.3.1 To recheck the material of alloy steel;
4.5.3.2 The faying surface of valve and flange shall be tight and free from leakage;
4.5.3.3 During the whole working travel, the soot-blowing gun shall act flexibly and
smoothly; the action of the travel switch shall be in consistent with the travel of the
soot-blowing gun;
4.5.3.4 The deflection of the soot-blowing gun shall meet the requirements from the
technical document:
4.5.3.5 Between the soot-blowing unit and the heating surface, proper clearance
shall be maintained in accordance with the drawing, so as to prevent blowing damage
and wear.
4.6.1 The erection record and items needing certificate in regard to the pipes
attached in the range of the boiler:
4.6.1.1 Record on maintenance and commissioning of the relief valve;
4.6.1.2 Recheck record for the alloy steel component;
4.6.1.3 Certificate for the completion of the attached pipes and supporting hangers;
4.6.1.4 Certificate for the completion of the maintenance, erection and
commissioning for the soot-blowing unit;
4.6.1.5 Certificate for the debugging of the soot-blowing pipe system.
5 Smoke, Air, Coal Pipes and Attachments
5.1.1 This chapter is applicable to the construction and acceptance of such pipes for
a boiler such as cold air, hot air, powder making, powder sending, smoke and raw coal,
etc. (hereinafter short as smoke, air and coal pipes) as well as such attachments for a
boiler such as coal powder separator, dust arrestor, and smoke desulfurizer, etc.
5.1.2 Before erection, the smoke, air and coal pipes and attachments must pass
examination and acceptance, and shall meet the following requirements:
5.1.2.1 All materials shall meet the design requirements, otherwise, they shall be
furnished with design alteration formalities;
5.1.2.2 The quantity and outer dimensions of parts and components shall be in
compliance with the drawing, as for the allowable deviations, please refer to
Appendix G;
5.1.2.3 On surface of castings, it shall not have any defects such as pinholes, cracks
and sand holes, etc.; the inspection report provided by the manufacturer shall be
checked;
5.1.2.4 Before erection, the air-heating unit must go through hydraulic pressure test,
and it shall be tight and have no leakage.
5.1.2.5 Hydraulic test should be carried out before the installation of ware air heater
and a close tightness is required.
5.1.3 The bolt holes in the equipment and flange shall be machined in mechanical
way, but not be cut with flame.
5.1.4 After erection of the pipes and devices, one shall remove the foreign matters,
dust and provisional fixing articles inside and outside in a timely manner.
5.2 Assembling and Erection of Smoke, Air and Coal Pipes

5.2.1 The welding points of the smoke, air and coal pipes shall be flat and smooth,
tight and free from leakage, all the welding slag and welding coating must be cleaned,
the welding points for erection shall be reserved at a place that is convenient for
construction and welding.
5.2.2 The assemblies of the smoke, air and coal pipes shall be of proper rigidity, and
provisional reinforcement shall be made if necessary; the temporary hoisting eyes
shall be firmly welded, and shall have enough bearing capacity.
5.2.3 There shall be sealing lining between the flanges of the pipes and the
equipment, and the lining shall not extend into the pipes and equipment; sealing
coating shall be applied at both sides of the lining;
5.2.4 The combined pre-insulation part must be checked be acceptable by
permeating oil before heat insulation.
5.2.5 When erecting the telescopic joints of the bushing (including angle steel,
hinged type), adequate expansion distance shall be reserved in accordance with the
drawing, and the sealing surface shall be smooth, the cushion shall be even and
plump.
5.2.6 When connecting the smoke, air and coal pipes with mechanical devices, it is
strictly forbidden to butt with force, in case that displacements will occur in the
mechanical devices.
5.2.7 After erecting the smoke, air and coal pipes, the deviation in central line
generally shall be no more than 30 mm.
5.2.8 After erecting the smoke, air and coal pipes, one shall remove the foreign
matters both inside and outside of the pipes and dismantle the articles for provisional
fixing, then he will carry out air pressure test to check their tightness; the points with
leakage found in the air pressure test shall be treated in a timely manner; if the pipes
have any vibration, one shall analyze the reason, carry out commissioning or modify
the design to eliminate the vibration.
5.3Accessories and Units for Smoke, Air and Coal Pipes

5.3.1 Baffles, flashboard and their operating
5.3.1.1 Before erecting the baffles and flashboard, one shall first check them, and
disassemble and repair them if necessary; clearance for thermal expansion shall be
reserved in accordance with drawing, the shaft sealing shall be good; and at end of the
shaft, marks corresponding to the actual positions of the baffles and flashboard shall
be made and the switch shall be flexibly; for combined baffle door, the switching
action of all baffles shall be in synchronous, and the switching angels shall be in
consistent; the sealing clearance of the baffle door for the powder making system shall
be no more than 0.15mm;
5.3.1.2 The installation of a unit to be operated remotely shall be in compliance with
drawing; its operation shall be convenient, indications shall be correct, the
arrangement shall be in well order and shall not hinder passage; the base plate for the
stand shall be fixed firmly, and maintain to be horizontal;
5.3.1.3 For actuator using steel wire transmission, the position of guiding pulley
shall be correct, and the steel wire shall have no block in its movement, the cable
clamp shall be firm;
5.3.1.4 For actuator connected by universal joint, its driving angle shall be no more
than 30;
5.3.1.5 The operation handle or hand wheel for actuator generally shall be so
installed that it will close in CW, and its operation shall be flexible and reliable;
5.3.1.6 The operating unit shall have ON, OFF mark, and be equipped with limit
switch for full open and full close, its opening indication shall be clear and obvious,
and be in compliance with actual opening indication.
5.3.2 Flapper
5.3.2.1 Before erection, the flapper shall be checked, and it shall be disassembled to
repair if necessary; the sealing parts of the turning plate and taper plug shall contact
evenly, and the clearance shall be proper, the movement is flexible, and the weight
hammer shall be easy to adjust;
5.3.2.2 The weight hammer rod of the slant-placed flapper shall be level, and the
taper of the tapered flapper shall be vertical;
5.3.2.3 Before erecting the electric flapper, clearance shall be checked in accordance
with the drawing. Commissioning confirms its flexible rotation, then erection can be
done.
5.3.3 Explosion-proof door
5.3.3.1 The erection of explosion-proof door shall meet the design specification, and
the position and direction of the outlet pipe of the explosion-proof door shall
be noted and that the action of the explosion-proof door will not injury personal body
or cause in fire during operation shall be taken into consideration;
5.3.3.2 The explosion-proof door in an open place shall be furnished with a slant
angle not less than 45 to the level; and anti-rust protective layer shall be applied on
the film of the explosion-proof door.
5.3.4 Mechanical powder measuring unit
5.3.4.1 The erection of the mechanical powder measuring unit in coal powder bin
shall meet the design requirement; if without such requirement, the layout of the
measured points for it shall be typical, e.g. to be placed at both sides or diagonal
positions, etc.; the buoy for measuring powder shall not collision with the powder bin
wall or the thermal measuring unit installed in the powder bin;
5.3.4.2 The metallic tapered buoy for measuring powder shall pass tightness test and
be qualified. On the buoy, it shall be provided with protecting rope in addition to
operating steel wire; the adjusting height of the buoy shall be in compliance with the
design, and if without any specification, one can adjust it so that its bottom is 200mm
from the bottom of the powder bin, and its top is 500mm from top of the powder bin
(please refer to fig. 5.3.4.2);
Fig. 5.3.4.2 Fi for adjustment of height for buoy
5.3.4.3 The operating apparatus for measuring powder shall be installed at proper
place of the running layer for the boiler; the operating mechanism shall be firm, easy
to operate, and the powder level indication shall be clear, consistent with the actual
position of the buoy in the powder bin;
5.3.4.4 The steel wire of the powder measuring unit shall be soft, generally with a
diameter of 3.6~4.8mm, and joining in the middle shall be avoided; it shall move
smoothly in the guiding pulley; where the steel wire passes floor slab, it shall be
equipped with wall-passing guide pipe; the number of guiding pulley shall be as few
as possible, and the pulley itself shall run flexibly;
5.3.5 Fire fighting device
5.3.5.1 The injecting direction of the coal-powder fire-fighting device that extending
into pipe or equipment must be the same as that for the coal powder;
5.3.5.2 The inletting pipe head installed in the fire fighting unit at top of the coal bin
top shall be equipped with spreading unit, and its injecting direction shall be parallel
with the bin cover, so that the injected media can be spread and cover the whole coal
bin but will not directly onto the coal powder;
5.3.5.3 The inlet pipe head of the fire fighting unit at the heating surface at tail of the
fuel (coal) boiler shall be equipped with diffusing unit, so that the injected media can
be diffused and cover the whole tail space;
5.3.5.4 After installing the fire fighting unit, the pipe before the secondary valve
shall go though the water (steam, gas) pressure test with a working pressure and be
qualified; before starting the boiler set, water- (steam-, gas-) connected test shall be
carried out; if the drawing specifies to use diaphragm, the diaphragm must go through
pressure-breaking test with the working media, after it is checked to be qualified, it
will be replaced by diaphragm with the same specification.
5.3.6 Supporting hanger
5.3.6.1 The supporting hangers shall be erected in accordance with The Code of
Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction—Section of Pipe;
5.3.6.2 The supporting hanger with constant force shall be installed and adjusted in
accordance with design requirement;
5.3.6.3 During installation of pipes, it is strictly forbidden to overload the supporting
hanger, so as to ensure the personal and equipment safety.
5.4 Coal Powder Separator and Dust arrestor

5.4.1 Coal powder separator
5.4.1.1 Before erecting the assembled coal powder separator, its inside and outside
shall be first checked; for the coal powder with adjustment core or bushing, it shall be
able to rise and drop evenly and steadily in the adjusted travel; for the coal powder
with guiding blade, the blades shall have consistent switching, and its actuator shall be
flexible and easy to operate; proper thermal expansion clearance shall be reserved
between blades and between the blade and casing, the indicator opening shall be in
compliance with actual situation;
5.4.1.2 The allowable deviation of coal powder separator:
a) Elevation 20mm
b) Central position 10mm
c) Verticality 10mm
5.4.2 Cyclone separator
5.4.2.1 Before building internal lining for cyclone separator, it shall meet the
a) The welded seam shall be tight and free from leakage;
b) The geometric dimensions shall meet design requirement;
c) The rust in inner wall shall be removed.
5.4.2.2 The internal lining for the cyclone separator shall be firm, and the connecting
part between lining shall be with smooth transition; after building the lining, it is
forbidden to knock, vibrate, in case that the lining tiles will drop off;
5.4.2.3 The clearance between the reflective screen and tube wall shall meet design
requirement, and the clearances at periphery shall be even, the deviation shall be no
more than 2mm;
5.4.2.4 The diameter of the balancing hole shall meet design requirement, and the
deviation between balancing hole center and tube body center shall be no more than
2mm;
5.4.2.5 The dust arrestor system shall be tight and free from leakage, all man holes,
cover plates and flanges shall be sealed well; the concrete ash collecting bin shall be
air tight and water tight;
5.4.2.6 The inlet smoke box for the cyclone separator, cyclone body, flapper and
ash-dropping pipe shall have good heat isolation, in case that the smoke and gas will
dew.
5.4.3 Water film type dust arrestor
5.4.3.1 Before building the internal lining for water film type dust arrestor, the
building quality and geometric dimensions of the casing shall be checked on the basis
of the acceptance record; the casing shall be in compliance with The Code for
Erection and Acceptance of Concrete Structure Engineering (GB50204-92) and The
Code for Erection and Acceptance of Brick Engineering (GBJ203-83); for the
allowable deviation for brick structure, see Appendix H;
5.4.3.2 Only after the casing is accepted to be qualified, can the internal lining be
built; before building it, one shall have test on the cohesion material selected, and
during the building, the cohesion material selected shall be tested. During the building
the mixing ratio of the cohesion material shall be strictly controlled and it shall be
filled plumply; when the construction is to be done at a region with low
environmental temperature and in winter, the specifications in Clause 9.11 for
construction in winter shall be followed;
5.4.3.3 The lining quality for water-film dust arrestor shall meet the requirements of
Table 5.4.3.3;
Table 5.4.3.3 Lining Quality for Water-film Dust Arrestor
No. Item Allowable deviation (mm) Remarks
1 Ellipticity of inner wall 3/1000 of diameter
2 Levelness of overflow trough mouth 1
5.4.3.4 The water piping and nozzle position and angle for water film dust arrestor
shall meet requirement from the drawing, if without specification, the angle deviation
for nozzle periphery shall be 2, and the nozzle central line generally shall be 10
downward in relative to the level surface. Before erecting the nozzle, one shall first
flush the water piping, only after that is qualified, can the nozzle be mounted. At the
initial phase when the nozzle is put into operation, one shall check whether it has any
sign of being blocked;
After the erection of water film dust arrestor, one shall carry out test on water film,
which shall be even;
After the erection of Venturi tube, one shall carry out water injecting test, and
the water film shall be even and complete, the surface of water splashing plate shall
be smooth and flat, its angle shall meet requirements from drawing.
5.4.4 Electric dust arrestor
5.4.4.1 The check on the foundation before erection for electric dust arrestor shall
follow “The Code for Erection and Acceptance of Concrete Structure Engineering”,
and it shall be checked to be acceptable;
5.4.4.2 When the pillar under the base beam is steel one, the allowable deviations for
the erection of the pillar are:
a) Distance between pillars 1/1000 of the distance between pillars, and not
more than 10mm
b) Verticality of pillars 1/1000 of pole height, and not more than 10mm
c) Elevation at top of pillar 5mm, not more than 2mm for mutual deviation
between pillars
5.4.4.3 Allowable deviations in erection of the base beams:
a) The upper planes of beams shall be in the same plane, and the levelness
deviation shall be no more than 5mm;
b) The deviation in level distances for central lines of base beam for each electric
field shall be no more than 5mm, and the length difference between two diagonal lines
shall be no more than 7mm;
c) The deviation of level distance of an integral base beam shall be no more than
5mm, and the length difference between two diagonal lines shall be no more than
9mm.
5.4.4.4 The allowable deviations in erection of columns are:
a) Distance between columns 1/1000 of distance between columns, and not
more than 10mm
b) Verticality of columns 1/1000 of column height, and not more than
10mm
c) Elevation at top of pole 5mm
5.4.4.5 The allowable deviations in erection of crossbeam are:
a) Elevation of crossbeam 5mm
b) Distance between longitudinal central lines of two adjacent crossbeams
5mm
5.4.4.6 The combination and erection of anode plates shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The hoisting and handling of anode-plate containers shall be hoisted and
cushioned in accordance with the marked positions, if it has no mark, the hoisting
points, cushioning positions and hoisting equipment will not make anode plate
deformed
b) When combining anode plates, individual anode plates shall be checked, the
flatness shall be no more than 5mm, and the distortion shall be no more than 4mm, the
plate surface shall be free from burr and sharp angle;
c) After combining anode plates, the bending in a plane shall be no more than
10mm, the difference between two diagonal lines shall be no more than 5mm; and
suspension check and calibration one by one shall be had if it is necessary;
d) When combined anode plates are fixed by bolts at two ends, the fasteners and
fastening torque shall be in compliance with technical document of equipment; after
fastening, the nuts shall go through standstill welding, and it shall have no burrs or
sharp angles at the welded seams;
e) The hoisting for anode plates shall use special measures and tools, and it shall
not make permanent deformation in the plates during hoisting.
5.4.4.7 The erection for anode-plate suspension system shall meet the following
requirements:
a) If the supporting for anode system adopts quartz bushings, a careful inspection
shall be carried out, and they shall be free from such defects as crack; during the
erection, it is strictly forbidden to knock or pry or press; after erection, one shall fill
the sealing packing timely;
b) The four porcelain poles of the same group shall be adjusted to be in the same
plane, and the allowable flatness shall be no more than 1mm;
c) The central line of the insulation bushing shall coincide with that of the
hoisting rod, and the deviation between them shall be no more than 10mm.
5.4.4.8 The erection of the big framework for cathode shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The big framework for cathode shall be vertical to the level surface, and the
allowable deviation in verticality is 1/1000 of framework height, and shall not be
more than 10mm;
b) In the same electric field, the central lines of two big frameworks shall be in
the central plane along the air flow direction of the field, and the deviation in flatness
shall be no more than 5mm, the distance deviation is 2.5mm.
5.4.4.9 The erection of the small framework for cathode shall meet the following
requirements:
a) After welding, the flatness deviation of the small framework for cathode shall
be no more than 10mm, and the length difference for two diagonal lines shall be no
more than 5mm; and one shall have suspension check and calibration for the
combined small framework for cathode if it is necessary;
b) The cathode line tensions shall be even and proper, and the small framework
shall not deform due to combining the cathode line;
c) After combination, all bolts and nuts on the small framework and cathode lines
shall go through standstill welding, and it shall be free from burrs at the welding
points.
5.4.4.10 The anode plate and small framework for cathode shall be erected to be
vertical to the level surface, and the deviation in verticality is 1/1000 of the height,
and will not be more than 10mm; in the whole channel, the distance deviation
between the same poles and that between different poles shall be no more than 10mm;
after installing cathode and anode system, all positioning part and fasteners shall be
welded firmly, and the materials and specifications for all fasteners shall meet design
requirements;
5.4.4.11 The erection of vibrating system shall meet the following requirements:
a) The vibrator shall be fixed firmly, for those using top vibrating way, they shall
be able to rise freely, and the hook is flexibly, the vibrating hammer shall beat in the
center of the hammer stand, and the allowable deviation is 3mm;
b) For those using side vibrating way, the levelness deviation of its vibrating
shaft shall be no more than 1.5mm, and the coaxiality deviation shall be 1mm
between two adjacent bearing stands, and be 3mm in the whole length;
c) The contacting position deviation for the hammer and bearing anvil for side
vibrating way will be 2mm in horizontal direction and 5mm in vertical direction;
d) The contacting way between the hammer and the bearing anvil shall not be
points, and the linear contacting length shall be more than 2/3 the hammer thickness;
e) The hammer shall rotate flexibly, not blocked, free from collision.
5.4.4.12 The erection of the casing and ashpit shall meet the following requirements:
a) The spoiler for the electric dust arrestor, air flow distributor (deflector,
distributing plate, etc) must be erected in accordance with design requirement;
b) The casing and ashpit must be welded in accordance with design requirement,
after welding, they will go through test by permeating oil, then they will go through
air tightness check as a whole;
c) The inlet and outlet flange and various door holes shall be tight;
d) The electric heating unit for the ashpit must go through Power On test before
heat insulation, and it must be ensured to be perfect; for the steam heater used, its
pipes and accessories must meet design requirements, before heat insulation, it must
go through a water-pressure test with a pressure not less than 1.25 times of working
pressure;
e) The heat insulation can be conducted only after all work and tests in the
insulation layer are completed, and the laying of heat insulation layer must follow the
technical documents of the equipment.
5.4.4.13 After the air leakage test for the electric dust arrestor is qualified, one can
have cold air distribution test, and make necessary adjustment based on the testing
results; the criteria of the air distribution evenness at inlet fracture shall meet The
Electric Dust arrestor for Coal Power Plant (DL/T514-93) and the technical
document of equipment;
5.4.4.14 After erection of the electric dust arrestor, one shall carry out internal cleaning and
check, the inside shall be free from any foreign matters, and the provisional fixing iron parts shall
be cut away, and ground to be smooth. After it is checked to be qualified, certificate for that shall
be signed, and the manhole shall be closed or it shall be locked with padlock; when the electric
parts are erected, pressure-increasing test shall be carried out under dry load with power
on.
5.5 Smoke Desulfurizing Unit

5.5.1 This section is applicable to the erection of wet smoke desulfurizing unit.
5.5.2 Metallic structure:
5.5.2.1 The erection of the desulfurizing framework shall follow Clause 2 of this
Code;
5.5.2.2 For the erection of the beam in the gas-gas heater, the direction of the box
beam shall be noted,and the elevation of beam layer is 3mm, the distance deviation
between beams is 3mm;
5.5.2.3 The elevation deviation of beam layer in the absorbing tower is 3mm, and
the distance deviation between beams is 0~2mm;
5.5.2.4 The elevation deviation of beam layer in the demister is 3mm, and the
distance deviation between beams is 0~5mm;
5.5.2.5 The verticality deviation for the absorbing tower is 1/1000, and shall be no
more than 15mm, the length difference between two diagonal lines is 20mm;
5.5.2.6 The verticality deviation for the limestone powder bin is 1/1000, and shall be
no more than 15mm, the roundness deviation is 20mm;
5.5.2.7 The pneumatic slope of the powder bin shall be erected in according to the
drawing, and the angle between each other shall be correct.
5.5.3 Internal device:
5.5.3.1 The central line deviation for gas-gas heater tube nest (heater and re-heater)
shall be no more than 5mm; for the hoisting of the reheater tube nest, the protection
for the resin lining shall be ensured and damage is avoided;
5.5.3.2 The gas-gas heater’s sealing plates shall be erected correctly, and the
clearance shall be less than 10mm;
5.5.3.3 The levelness deviation for the showering pipe of the absorbing tower shall
be no more than 5mm;
5.5.3.4 Before the erection of the lattice support for the absorbing tower, make sure
that the lining glue is not damaged. Once it occurs, repair it then erect the erection
shall be flat and in well order, the clearance is 0~20mm;
5.5.3.5 The erection of absorbing tower lattices shall be based on the drawing, the
erection direction of upper and lower surface shall be noted; one layer shall coincide
with another perfectly;
5.5.3.6 The erection of air atomizer shall be in compliance with drawing, the joining
between the mother pipe and branch one shall be tight;
5.5.3.7 When erecting the demister, the relative direction between the smoke and
demister shall be noted;
5.5.3.8 The stainless steel lining in the reheater shall be erected before sand blasting,
shall be in compliance with drawing, and have correct position;
5.5.3.9 The flushing water pipes for border of the absorbing tower and that for the
demister shall tightly join with the support; they shall be in correct erection angle and
direction.
5.5.4 Rotating mechanism
5.5.4.1 When aligning the oxidizing air blower shaft coupling, it is required that the
air blower side is 0.20 mm lower than the coupling at motor side;
5.5.4.2 The erection of pumps shall follow Section 7 in The Code for Erection and
Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Turbo set);
5.5.4.3 The erection of material transmission device shall follow Section 7 and 8 of
this Code;
5.5.4.4 For the erection of the reservoir agitator, the verticality deviation of the
vertical shaft is 2/1000, and the whole height shall be no more than 5mm, the
tightening torque for the blade connecting bolts shall reach to the design value, and
the torques shall be consistent;
5.5.4.5 Installing of the belt type vacuum dehydrator:
a) The installation of dehydrator shall be in compliance with Clause 8.2 of this
Code;
b) For the erection of air box, the height difference between two boxes in
transversal direction shall be no more than 2mm, and the levelness in transversal
direction shall be no more than 0.5mm, the flatness in longitudinal direction shall be
no more than 5mm;
c) The joining welded seam for the air box shall be ground to be smooth and be
free from burrs;
d) The lifting gear for vacuum box shall be furnished with enough lubrication,
and is flexible in lifting and dropping;
e) Only after adjusting the adhesive tape center so that it coincides with the
center of the framework, can one make holes in the adhesive tape.
5.5.5 Mounting of pipes:
5.5.5.1 The mounting of smoke, air and material pipes shall follow Section 5 of this
Code;
5.5.5.2 The mounting of general purpose water, steam, gas and pulp shall follow The
Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Piping);
5.5.5.3 The mounting of rubber-lined pipes shall follow The Code for Erection and
Acceptance of Electric Construction (Section of Chemistry for Thermal Power Plant);
5.5.5.4 The connecting bolts for the flange faying surface for rubber lining shall have
uniform torque, and the rubber lining shall have a compressibility of 2~3mm;
5.5.5.5 The flushing and water-pressure test for pipe will follow The Code for
Erection and Acceptance of Electric Construction (Section of Piping).
5.5.6 Inside the absorbing tower and reheater, anti-corrosion treatment with resin
lining shall be carried out, and this shall follow The Code for Erection and Acceptance
of Electric Construction (Section of Chemistry for Thermal Power Plant).
5.5.7 Before making lining for the absorbing tower and reheater, all the doors, holes
and pipe supports outside the casing plates, heat insulating nails shall be welded and
accepted to be qualified;
5.5.8 All welded seams in the absorbing tower and reheater shall be in compliance
with the drawing, and they shall have no flaw, interlayer, gas porosity and undercut
with a depth of more than 0.5mm according to visual inspection; and the welded
seams shall be buffed; after cutting away the temporary positioning iron parts, it shall
not damage the equipment, and they shall also be buffed and leave no mark.
5.5.9 For the buffed welded seams, except for the absorbing tank for which coloring
check will be employed, other parts will be checked through oil immersion. Any
defect(s) found shall be repaired in a timely manner, and sand blasting can be
conducted only after this is qualified.
5.5.10 Before sand blasting, one shall first make specimen, which shall be at the
same condition of the tank body; after sand blasting, the surface shall be checked and
is free from black skin, foreign matter and rust, etc. the color shall be dark silver gray;
only in this way can it be acceptable.
5.5.11 The quartz sand used in sand blasting shall be fried and stir-fried, and it shall
not have salt, and the compressed air used shall be dried.
5.5.12 When building the lining, one shall measure carefully at least twice every day
the temperature and humidity (lower than 85%) shall be measured at least twice every
day, so as to avoid dewing and control the polymerization speed.
5.5.12.1 The atmospheric temperature (dew point temperature) is more than 3 C;
5.5.12.2 Take care that the temperature in the iron plate shall be lower than the
atmospheric temperature when the latter is increasing before 10 o’clock in the
morning;
5.5.12.3 Take care for the sharp decreasing in atmospheric temperature in the
evening;
5.5.12.4 The simple way to test whether it is dewing is to stick paper sheet on the
iron plate surface.
5.5.13 The metallic surface buffed to be acceptable shall be applied with the
primary coating on that day to prevent it from getting rust.
5.5.14 For the application of the thin layer (first layer), one shall use trowel to apply
the prepared mixture to the specified thickness 1mm; after application, he shall press
even the thin layer along the same direction for application with a roller containing
with small amount of styrene.
5.5.15 During the thin layer to hardened state, the film thickness shall be checked,
and the no-good parts shall be repaired immediately.
5.5.16 The concave parts at corner of such containers as absorbing tank are tending
to have crack and gas porosities, they shall be covered with glass fiber lining.
5.5.17 After the lining is built, one shall check the appearance, and it shall not have
the following defects:
5.5.17.1 Obvious unevenness (being convex and concave) at surface;
5.5.17.2 The permeating is no good, and foreign matters are mixed in;
5.5.17.3 Agitated and stripped air bubble(s);
5.5.17.4 Mechanical damage;
5.5.17.5 Poor joining.
5.5.18 It shall have no gas porosities in the lining surface, high-pressure gas porosity
inspector shall be used to check and treat if any gas porosity is found.
5.5.19 The film thickness is 2mm0.5mm, to check the film thickness, an
electromagnetic or permanent magnetic thickness meter can be used to measure one
point every 2m2,and make written record.
5.5.20 The commissioning for sub-items will follow Clause 7.2.11 of this Code or
concerned sections relative with each device.

5.6.1 The erection record and items needing certificate in regard to the smoke, air,
coal pipes and their attachments:
5.6.1.1 Certificate for air-pressure test for smoke, air, coal pipes and dust arrestor;
5.6.1.2 Certificate for internal check for coal powder bin and for acceptance of
powder-measuring device;
5.6.1.3 Certificate for acceptance of coal powder separator and dust arrestor;
5.6.1.4 Record and certificate for pole adjustment for the cathode and anode for the
electric dust arrestor;
5.6.1.5 Certificate for pressure-increasing test for the electric dust arrestor with
power on;
5.6.1.6 The erection record for the smoke, air, coal pipes and their attachments;
5.6.1.7 Erection record and certificate for commissioning for smoke desulfurzing
unit.
6 Fuel System Device and Pipe
6.1.1 This chapter is applicable to the erection and acceptance of fuel system device
and pipe for a thermal power plant.
6.1.2 The fuel system shall be constructed in one shot according to the design,
otherwise the safe and reliable transition measures shall be taken.
6.1.3 The specifications and materials of devices, valves, pipes and tubes in the fuel
system shall be in compliance with the design drawing, before construction, the
quality certificates for the main devices and accessories shall be rechecked; the valves
on the fuel pipes shall not be cast iron ones.
6.1.4 Before erection, the valves must be maintained under disassembled way, and
shall pass a hydraulic pressure test with a pressure of 1.5× working pressure; after the
erection, it is guaranteed that the valve chamber is clean and in correct direction.
6.1.5 The washers in the fuel pipes shall be selected in accordance with the design.
6.1.6 Before mounting the pipes, one shall clean the insides of them, so as to remove
rust and foreign matters; during the mounting, if it is necessary to open holes in the
pipe, it is noted that no slag or chip will fall in the pipes.
6.1.7 The erection and welding for pipes of the fuel system shall follow The Code for
Erection and Acceptance of Electric Construction (Section of Piping) and The Code
for Erection and Acceptance of Electric Construction (Section of Welding for Thermal
Power Plant); and qualified welders will weld them; for the welded seams on fuel
pipes, argon arc welding way shall be used to have uranami welding.
6.1.8 The anti-corrosion operation at the welded points of the buried fuel pipes shall
be conducted after a hydraulic pressure test with a pressure of 1.25× working
pressure for the pipes which can be buried only after they are accepted to be qualified.
6.1.9 The erection and acceptance of the anti-static units of the fuel system devices
and pipes shall strictly follow the design specifications.
6.1.10 The firing work during the expansion or commissioning of the fuel system
shall be furnished with safety measures, which shall be verified by concerned
departments.
6.2 Fuel Discharger and Unloading Pipe

6.2.1 The erection of the pipes in the fuel discharge ditch, trough and tank of
reinforced concrete as well as of fuel discharge platform shall be conducted only after
the civil building is completed and accepted to be qualified; before construction, one
shall recheck the correctness of the pre-buried iron parts and reserved holes.
6.2.2 For pipes passing concrete tank walls, pre-buried bushings shall be furnished
according to the design; if bushings are not available and must pass by opening holes,
one must get permission from the design unit and civil building unit, and shall take
corresponding sealing and strengthening measures.
6.2.3 The mother steel fuel discharge pipes shall be erected in the slope specified in
the drawing.
6.2.4 When erecting the heater in the fuel-unloading device or heating pipes, one
shall reserve enough thermal expansion compensation in accordance with drawing;
after erection, it shall pass hydraulic pressure test with a pressure of 1.25 times the
working pressure.
6.2.5 The arrangement of equipment, components and pipes in the range of
fuel-unloading devices shall not hinder the passage of fuel vehicle.
6.2.6 The rising, dropping, rotation of the fuel-unloading mouth shall be flexible, and
with good sealing, the materials used shall meet requirements of the drawing.
6.3 Oil Tank and Its Accessories

6.3.1 The erection of metallic oil tank shall follow the design and The Code for
Erection and Acceptance of Vertical Tube Type Steel Welded Oil Tank (GBJ128-90).
6.3.2 Before erecting concrete oil tank, it shall be accepted in accordance with The
Code for Erection and Acceptance of Concrete Structure Engineering, and it shall be
emphatically checked whether it has any crack and leakage on the tank body.
6.3.3 The erection of the oil tank accessories shall meet the following requirements:
6.3.3.1 The compensation for pipe type heater shall follow the drawing, and the
water drainage slope must coordinate with that of the mother pipe; after erection, the
heater shall pass hydraulic pressure test with a pressure of 1.25× working pressure;
6.3.3.2 The oil returning pipe placed at lower level shall be led to the tank center
and lifted, so as to avoid short circuit in oil supply;
6.3.3.3 The opening and closing of the inspection hole and fuel-measuring hole shall
be flexible, and the washer on the faying surface shall be tightened firmly;
6.3.3.4 The buoy of the fuel level measuring unit shall pass tightness test, and the
two guiding rails of the buoy shall be parallel to each other and are in the same
vertical plane, the steel wire joint connecting the buoy shall be firm, and the up and
down movement of the buoy shall be unblocked;
6.3.3.5 The surface of the fuel level scale shall be flat, the graduation shall be
accurate, and the color is clear, the up and down movement of the pointer shall be
unblocked;
6.3.3.6 The circulating part of the fire preventor, breathing valve and relief valve
shall be unblocked, the breathing valve surface shall be tight and not be stuck, its
material and weight must be in compliance with the drawing; for the relief valve,
before the fuel tank receiving fuel, it shall be filed with fuel, and record shall be made
for that;
6.3.3.7 The erection position deviation of the rotary siphon bolt shall be no more
than 5mm. After erection for the siphon bolt, rotation test shall be made, and the
rotation shall be flexible, the rotation angle indication shall be correct, and the rotating
part shall be sealed well.
6.3.4 The erection of the pipes connected with the tank shall be conducted after the
foundation is settled and tested to be acceptable.
6.4 Fuel Supply Unit and Pump House Pipes

6.4.1 The erection of the fuel pump shall be in compliance with the design and
6.4.2 Y type fuel pump shall better use mechanical sealing, and its erection shall
6.4.2.1 Before erection, carefully check all the dimensions of the packing box which
shall be compliant with the models and specifications of the mechanical seals used,
and the deviation in the concentricity between the packing hole and the shaft shall be
no more than 0.20mm;
6.4.2.2 The mechanical sealings shall be pre-assembled, and the working surfaces of
the dynamic and static rings of them shall be checked with a color mark, and the
contacting area shall be no less than 50% and be in shape of a ring;
6.4.2.3 The springs in both ends shall be noted and be erected in correct directions,
and the spring tension shall be adjusted according to the technical documents of the
equipment, after adjustment, the pushing wire shall be tightened;
6.4.2.4 The radial sealing rings shall be tightly assembled, and shall not be skew or
displaced;
6.4.2.5 The plane holes in the balancing mechanical sealings shall not skew, and the
radial runout of the shaft shall be no more than 0.04mm.
6.4.3 Before erection, the fuel filter shall be checked and cleaned in disassembled
way, and the filtering screen must be in compliance with drawing, and have no
damage or foreign matters; the fuel filter shall be connected by bolts with the
pre-buried iron parts; the pressing lever of the fuel filter cover shall not use cast iron
parts.
6.4.4 Before erection for surface type heater, one shall recheck the ex-factory
quality certificate, and shall pass hydraulic pressure test on site in accordance with the
6.4.5 The insert surface type heater shall be checked in disassembled state, and one
shall adjust the state of the end for the insert (aluminum sheet); the pipe mouth shall
not be bent and block, and the pressing steel screen shall be flat, firmly spot welded
with the pipe plates; the steel screen edge shall not hinder the faying surface.
6.4.6 After the heater is put in place, the expansion clearance between its foot bolts
and holes in the stand and their directions shall be in compliance with drawing.
6.4.7 When butt joining the pips and fuel equipment, force shall be used to join, in
case that the equipment will undertake additional stress; never drop welding slag,
molten slag and other foreign matters in the equipment.
6.4.8 The purging tubes and fuel-discharging pipes in the pump house shall be
arranged in a well order, tidily, and the routines shall be short, the output of the
exhaust pipes of the air door and fuel-draining door shall be downwards.
6.5 Pipes in the Plant Proper

6.5.1 Before erection of the pipes, the steel supports and concrete supports shall be
checked and accepted to be qualified, the positions of the supports and pre-buried iron
parts shall be correct, the surfaces shall be flat; before erection of the pipes, the earth
backfilling and temping shall be completed.
6.5.2 Before erecting the pipes with multi-supports and high supports, one shall
recheck the reference elevation marks made by the civil building unit on each support.
6.5.3 The underground bushings passing road shall be fixed firmly, and when the
pipes pass bushings, supports shall be equipped in the bushings, and the free
expansion of the pipes shall be guaranteed; for the pipe sections in the bushings,
welded points shall be avoided as far as possible.
6.5.4 The fuel pipes shall be furnished with steam cleaning tubes according to the
drawings, for which, enough thermal compensation shall be reserved; the joints
between the cleaning tubes and the fuel pipes shall be equipped with two valves.
6.5.5 The supports for the attendant heat steam pipes of the fuel pipes shall be
welded before the hydraulic pressure test of the fuel pipes; during the erection for the
attendant heat steam pipes, one shall place “” shaped compensators based on the
calculated distance, and the pipes shall be provided with proper water drainage slope;
the heat insulation of the fuel pipes shall be conducted after the attendant heat steam
pipes have passed hydraulic pressure test.
6.5.6 For the fuel discharging pipes and air exhausting pipes on fuel pipes in open
room, the pipe sections before their primary door shall be short as far as possible, so
as to prevent the condensed fuel from blocking the pipe.
6.5.7 It is strictly forbidden to connect the fuel pipe outlet with the water
discharging system of the whole plant; the outlet shall not point to any equipment or
building; and when it is to discharge to the ground, it shall maintain certain distance
from the ground.
6.6 Fuel Pipes in the Boiler Room
6.6.1 The pipes passing through wall or platform floor slabs shall be furnished with
pre-buried bushings; the hole opening in floor slabs shall be completed before
smearing the surface of the platform.
6.6.2 The inlet and outlet directions of the quick closing valve for fuel shall be in
compliance with the drawing, that is, with inlet on the top and with outlet at the
bottom; for the erection, the valve stem shall be vertical, the sealing surface shall be
tight, and the driving system shall have a flexible action.
6.6.3 The inlet and outlet directions of the regulating valve for fuel shall be in
compliance with the drawing, the sealing shall be good, the valve stem will rotate
flexibly, and the opening indication shall be consistent with actual situation.
6.6.4 For erection of the mother fuel pipe before the furnace and branch pipes to
each burner, be noted to coordinate with the expansion direction of the boiler body ;
the pipes shall be arranged in a short and quick way, the supports shall be firm; the
valves shall be so arranged that they are easily accessible for operation; the positions
for the valves of the same purpose shall be maintained to be consistent as far as
possible; and the purging door shall be as near as possible to the fuel pipes.
6.6.5 The fuel pipes before the furnace shall be arranged as near as possible to the
steam pipes, and fuel pipes shall be prevented from dead angle due to which the fuel
will not flow.
6.6.6 The stem of each valve for the fuel system shall be sealed well, and shall not
have any oil leakage.
6.6.7 On the pressure pulse pipe for the fuel pipe, generally, it shall be equipped
with isolating tank, which shall pass hydraulic pressure test.
6.7 Testing and Purging of the Fuel System

6.7.1 After the fuel system is erected, all pipes must pass hydraulic pressure test
with a pressure of 1.25× working pressure, and certificate shall be signed for that.
6.7.2 After the fuel system is erected, one shall flush it with clean water or purge
with steam, during the purging, technical measures ratified shall be taken; before the
purging, the non-return valve spool, regulating valve spool and hole plates shall be
removed; the target type flow meter shall be removed as a whole, which will be
replaced with a short tube; the purging times shall be no less than twice, till the media
in the pipes are removed out and the pipes become clean; after the purging,
accumulated slag in the dead corners shall be cleaned, and certificate shall be signed
for that.
6.7.3 After the fuel system is erected, one shall carry out fuel circulation test for the
whole system; and the sub-item test for the fuel pump can also be done in conjunction
with the circulation test, during the test, ratified technical measures shall be taken; the
circulating time shall generally be not less than 8h; after fuel circulation test, the filter
shall be cleaned and the certificate shall be signed; during the fuel circulation test, the
following tests shall be carried out:
6.7.3.1 The test on FAILURE button for the fuel pump;
6.7.3.2 Test on self-starting for fuel pump interlocking and at low oil pressure;
6.7.3.3 Test on ON/OFF and interlocking for fuel quick-closing valve.
If it is available, a water circulation test for the whole system shall be made.
6.8 Preconditions for the Fuel System to Receive Fuel

6.8.1 Before the fuel system receiving fuel, it shall go though an overall check, and
can receive fuel only after meeting the following conditions:
6.8.1.1 All the civil building and erection works in the fuel receiving range for the
fuel system are finished, and have been accepted to be qualified;
6.8.1.2 It shall have reliable heating steam supply;
6.8.1.3 The lightning-proof and anti-static devices have been erected and tested
according to the design and have been accepted to be qualified;
6.8.1.4 The lighting and communication facilities in the fuel range have been got
ready;
6.8.1.5 The fire-fighting passages are unblocked, the fire-fighting system has been
tested to be qualified and is under a ‘get ready’ state;
6.8.1.6 Fire-proof management system has been established, and a person is
authorized to maintain and manage that;
6.8.1.7 The enclosing rails for the fuel range are complete, and warning sign is
furnished.

6.9.1 The items needing certificate in regard to the fuel system devices and pipes
(including the intermediate acceptance certificate or the hidden works):
6.9.1.1 Certificate for anti-corrosion for the buried pipes;
6.9.1.2 Certificate for hydraulic pressure test for the devices and pipes;
6.9.1.3 Certificate for the purging for the pipes;
6.9.1.4 Certificate for the oil circulation.
6.9.2 Items to be recorded for the erection of the fuel system devices and pipes:
6.9.2.1 Record on the making, erection and test for the metallic tanks;
6.9.2.2 Record on maintenance and erection of the fuel pumps.
7 Auxiliary Machineries for the Boiler
7.1.1 This chapter is applicable to the erection and acceptance of the auxiliary
machineries (coal pulverizer, air blower, powder conveyor, etc.) including motor and
mechanical parts.
7.1.2 Before erection for rotary machines, one shall carefully check the equipment
nameplates, specifications and models, driving ways and rotating directions, all of
which shall be in compliance with the design.
7.1.3 The machine maintenance place shall not be invaded by sand, dust, snow or
rain; when routine scraping work is being conducted, the influence due to change in
temperature shall be noted and the direct sunshine on the maintenance equipment
shall be avoided.
7.1.4 For an equipment for which the manufacturer doesn’t permit to check and
maintain under disassembled state, the manufacturer shall provide with the concerned
guaranteeing document (or guaranteeing articles); for any equipment without
guaranteeing document from the manufacturer, one shall disassemble it on site and
maintain it, and assemble it according to the assembling marks, and it shall be
disassembled on site and maintained, then assemble it according to the assembling
marks. Damping, freezing and corrosion shall be avoided and; records on equipment
maintenance, defect and missed parts shall be made.
7.1.5 Any auxiliary machines for the boiler needing heat insulation shall pass the
tightness test or strict check, and heat insulation can be conducted only after these are
qualified.
7.2General Regulations for Installing Mechanical Components

7.2.1 The check and lining out of the foundation shall be meet the following
requirements:
7.2.1.1 The foundation for coal pulverizer delivered for erection shall be accepted
in accordance with chapter V of The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric
Power Construction (Section of Building Engineering) (SDJ69-87) (refer to appendix
J); other foundations shall follow The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Concrete
Structure Engineering(refer to Appendix C); only when the concrete strength is up to
more than 70% can the erection be conducted;
7.2.1.2 The lining out of the foundation will be based on the reference point for
the plant building or the longitudinal and cross centric line of the boiler, and the
allowable deviations of its elevation and longitudinal and cross centric line shall
follow Appendix J or Appendix C.
7.2.2 Erection of base frame (machine base or platen), foot bolts and edge irons:
7.2.2.1 Before erecting the base frame, the upper surface of the foundation shall be
filed into dull surface and foreign matters and dirt shall be removed; during the
construction, the foundation is not permitted to be dirtied with oily soil;
7.2.2.2 The clearance between the upper surface of the foundation and the bottom of
the base frame of the equipment, generally, shall be no less than 50mm (e.g. coal
pulverizer, air blower, etc.); for small equipment (e.g. coal supplying unit) for which it
is difficult to grout the foot bolt holes and for secondary grouting, one can make the
clearance less than 50mm based on actual requirement; to guarantee the quality for
secondary grouting, the pressured grouting is preferable;
7.2.2.3 The base frame fixed by foot bolts shall meet the following requirements:
a) The allowable deviation of the verticality for foot bolts is 1/100 of bolt length;
b) For movable foot bolts, back caps or anti-loosing units shall be equipped on
upper and lower end, and the bottom-supporting plates shall have good contact with
the concrete force-bearing surface;
c) After tightening the nuts, the bolts shall leave 2~3 turns outside;
d) The foot screws to be grouted shall be clean, and the threaded parts shall be
coated with grease;
e) The bottom end of the foot bolts to be grouted shall not contact with the hole
bottom and hole wall;
f) For foot bolts with pre-buried bushings, after aligning in mechanical way, the
bolts shall be grouted in accordance with the design.
7.2.2.4 The concrete surface where edge irons are placed shall be filed to be flat, the
longitudinal and cross directions shall be level; the contacting area between the edge
irons and concrete shall be even, and not less than 75%;
7.2.2.5 The edge iron generally has a width of 60~100mm, and the length is 20mm
longer than the width of the base frame beam, the slant for the edge iron generally is
1:10 ~ 1:20, the thinner side is not less than 4mm;
7.2.2.6 The area of the edge irons needed can be calculated by reference to
Appendix K;
7.2.2.7 Each edge iron group is usually composed of 2 pieces of flat edge iron and a
pair of edge iron. The thicker ones shall be place at the lower layer, the two ends out
of the framework are equal, and shall be in good order.
7.2.2.8 The surface of the edge irons shall be flat, the contact between edge irons
and between edge iron and base frame shall be good, for large major auxiliary
machine, 0.1mm feeler gauge will be used to check, and the inserting depth shall be
no more than 20% of the edge iron’s contacting length;
7.2.2.9 Depending on actual situation of equipment, at least one group of edge irons
shall be furnished beside each foot bolt, and for large air blower and coal pulverizer,
one group of edge irons shall be placed at each end; the edge irons shall be placed as
near as possible to the foot bolts providing that they can be placed steadily and will
not influence the secondary grouting; the base frame shall not deform after tightening
the foot bolts, and the contacting points between the base frame plates and the
concrete shall be clean;
7.2.2.10 After the mechanical erection, one will check the edge irons by beating
slightly with a small hammer, and they shall not be loose; and one must spot weld
firmly the edge irons of different layers, and connect them in one integral part.
7.2.3 The erection of the sliding bearing must meet the following requirements:
7.2.3.1 The bearing pad shall be finish without any sand pole, gas porosity and
crack, never with any stripping sign; the surface shall be in bright silver, without any
yellow spot; if it is necessary to repair the bearing pad, the material same with original
one shall be selected to treat on site or return to the factory with permission from the
manufacturer’s representative;
7.2.3.2 The matching between the shaft journal and bush shall be in compliance
with the technical documents of the equipment, and if without specification, it shall
a) Clearance between the shaft journal and bush at top and both ends [fig.
7.2.3.2(a)]:
(a) Diagram for clearance between the shaft journal and bush at top and both ends;
(b) Diagram for clearance between shaft bush end and baffle ring
1) The contacting angle between the shaft journal and working bush surface is
45~90, to check the working bush surface with color mark, and the contact shall be
no less than 1 point/cm2;
2) When the shaft journal is in the assembled bush, the fitting clearance shall
generally meet the requirements of Table 7.2.3.2; at the rotating direction of the shaft,
it shall have longitudinal oil guiding slot at the bush mouth.
Table 7.2.3.2 Fitting Clearance

unit: mm
Shaft journal 50 ~ 80 80 ~ 120 120 ~ 180 180 ~ 250 250 ~ 300
diameter
Clearance s 0.1 ~ 0.16 0.12 ~ 0.20 0.16 ~ 0.28 0.20 ~ 0.40 0.30 ~ 0.60
Note: The side clearance is s/2.
b) Clearance between shaft bush end and baffle ring [fig. 7.2.3.2(b)]:
1) Axial clearance of thrust bearing:
a + b =0.30 ~ 0.40 mm
2) The expansion clearance of load-carrying bearing will be determined by
the thermal elongation of the shaft, generally it can be calculated with the following
formula:
1.2t  50 L
l
100
Where, l — thermal elongation, mm
t — max. temperature of media surrounding the shaft, C
L— shaft length between bearings, m.
3) Clearance at another end of the load-carrying bearing d>b;
4) The thrust ring shall contact well with the thrust bearing surface, and the
contact shall be no less than 1 point/cm2 checked by color marking, the clearance
difference | b1-b |  0.05mm.
7.2.3.3 The shaft bush shall not rotate in the bearing housing, generally it shall have
a interference fit of 0.02 ~0.04mm (tightness); the faying surface of spherical bush
shall be no less than 1 point/cm2 checked by color marking, and the contacting points
shall distribute evenly, the rotation shall be flexibly and without any blockage;
7.2.3.4 The shaft bush end shall contact well with the shaft shoulder end for rotor’s
axial positioning, the contact shall be no less than 1 point/cm2 checked by color
marking.
7.2.4 The erection of the rolling bearing shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.4.1 The bearing models shall be in compliance with the design, it shall be free
from such defects as crack, cold-lap and rust from visual inspection, the total play
clearance for the bearing shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment;
7.2.4.2 The assembling tightness for the bearing on the shaft journal shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment; it shall not have any
sliding between the inner sleeve and the shaft, and no washer shall be arranged;
7.2.4.3 The axial and radial fitting between the bearing outer ring and the casing
shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment; and for the
expansion end bearing, it shall reserve enough expansion clearance; when there is no
specification for the expansion value, one can follow Clause 7.2.3.2 b);
7.2.4.4 When heating the bearing with hot oil, the oil temperature shall be no more
than 100 C, and the bearing shall not contact with the bottom of the heating container
during the heating process.
7.2.5 The erection of bearing seat shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.5.1 The bearing seat shall be free from such defects as crack and sand holes, etc.,
and it shall have no burrs or shaped sand neither inside or outside;
7.2.5.2 Before erection, the cooling water chamber for the bearing seat or cooling
water pipe in the oil chamber must have passed hydraulic pressure test and be
qualified, the testing pressure is 1.25 × of the max. pressure of the cooling water
used;
7.2.5.3 The spacing washers between the bearing seat and platen shall be no more
than 3 (excluding the isolating pieces), the area of the washer shall be no less than the
bearing surface of the bearing seat;
7.2.5.4 Radial clearance between the shaft and shaft sealing collar shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, the peripheries shall be
even; generally the radial clearance is 1.5~2.0mm for sliding bearing, and 0.3~0.6 mm
for rolling bearing; the sealing root shall be firmly inserted into the slot, contact
evenly with the shaft with proper tightness;
7.2.5.5 The oil content for rolling bearing using lubricating grease shall generally
not be more than 2/3 of the volume of the whole bearing chamber for low speed
machine, and shall be no more than 1/2 for machine with a speed of more than 1500
r/min;
7.2.5.6 The fuel level meter shall be firmly fixed, and shall not have oil leakage; the
upper end of the level meter shall be open to the atmosphere; the breather of closed oil
chamber shall be clean and unblocked; for various fuel level meters on mechanical
units, one shall re-measure the graduations of them during erection; the rollers at
bottom of the rolling bearing shall be immersed in fuel 1/3 ~ 1/2;
7.2.5.7 The oil ring shall be in normal round shape, and the ring shall have even
thickness, the surface is smooth, the interface is firm, the oil ring is unblocked in the
slot; generally the fuel liquid immerses 1/4 of the oil ring diameter.
7.2.6 The erection of the shaft coupling (back wheel) shall meet the following
requirements:
7.2.6.1 The couplings shall be used in pair, better not use them in serial;
7.2.6.2 When assembling the couplings, never place in washers or impact and beat
the shaft to get tight;
7.2.6.3 When centering two coupling halves, generally, the allowable deviation in
their peripheries and ends (i.e. max. difference between clearances measured at two
ends of the diameter) can follow Table 7.2.6.3:
Table 7.2.6.3 Allowable Deviation in Peripheries and Ends

unit: mm
Speed of shaft (r/min)  3000  1500  750  500
Rigid coupling 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Flexible coupling 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.15
Note: If the working bush is upper one, one shall take into consideration the displacement of the shaft center
during centering;  During centering, one shall take into consideration the value the bearing seat, bearing and
shaft raising the shaft center during operation due to thermal expansion.
7.2.6.4 The clearance between two coupling halves shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, generally, one can one can refer to appendix L,
the allowable deviation is 1mm;
Note: The clearance between couplings shall be more than the sum of the shaft elongation and shaft
displacement during operation.
7.2.6.5 When erecting the coupling finger-pin (leather screw), the metallic part
of
the finger pin shall coincide with the finger pin hole, and shall be with slight tightness;
generally it shall have 0.5~2mm clearance between the leather washer and the finger
pin hole, the finger-pin screw shall be furnished with anti-loosing measure;
7.2.6.6 After mounting all finger pins, check by rotating the wheel pairs at
active
side along the force-bearing direction during operation, the force-bearing surface for
the leather washer for the finger pins at passive end shall contact with the hole wall,
and the clearances of the non-force-bearing surfaces shall be even;
7.2.6.7 The leather washers shall be tightly looped on the finger pins but shall not
loose;
7.2.6.8 After the toothed sleeves are engaged with the gears of the toothed coupling,
one shall guarantee that the toothed sleeves can turn round on the gears flexibly; after
erection, one shall fill oil in the casing in accordance with the technical documents of
the equipment;
7.2.6.9 All the couplings shall be furnished with protective covers that are firm and
easy to disassemble; for toothed coupling protective covers lubricated with thin oil,
the shaft sealing clearances shall be even, and be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment.
7.2.7 The erection of shaft and keys shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.7.1 Recheck the ellipticity and taper of the bearing journal, which shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment; generally, it shall be no
more than 1/1000 of the diameter for sliding bearing, and the diameter deviation for
rolling bearing journal shall be no more than 0.05mm;
7.2.7.2 If necessary, recheck the bending of shaft, generally, it shall be no more than
0.10mm;
7.2.7.3 For the fitting between the key and key slot, it shall not have any clearance
at both ends, generally, it shall have 0.10 ~ 0.40 mm clearance at top (i.e. radial
direction);
7.2.7.4 Never increase the tightness of the keys by adding cushion or twisting the
keys;
7.2.7.5 Generally, the erection levelness deviation for shaft shall be no more than
0.2/1000 for shaft length.
7.2.8 The erection of speed reductor shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.8.1 To check the fitting between gear and shaft, it shall not loose;
7.2.8.2 To check the engagement between gear, worm wheel and worm with color
marking, which shall be in accordance with 7.3.1.23 of this Code;
7.2.8.3 The flank clearance and tooth crest clearance for gear engagement shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
7.2.8.4 The flange faying surface between unit cover and body shall contact tightly
and be free from oil leakage;
7.2.8.5 For speed reductor lubricating with pressurized oil:
a) The inner and outer wall of the oil cooler and oil tube shall be clean and
without dust or rust, the filter screen shall be in perfect state;
b) The pressure for hydraulic pressure test for the oil cooler shall be 1.25 times of
the max. pressure of the cooling water used;
c) The oil system shall be erected firmly, tightly and without leakage.
7.2.8.6 After assembling, rotate the shaft with your hand, it shall rotate flexibly and
easily, the engagement is smooth.
7.2.9 The erection of the driving unit shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.9.1 For gear transmission unit, it is to follow 7.2.8.2, 7.2.8.3 and 7.2.8.4, and the
clearance deviation at top shall be no more than 0.05 modulus;
7.2.9.2 For belt transmission unit:
a) The central surfaces in the wheel width
direction for the two belt wheels on two parallel
shafts shall be in the same plane; and the allowable
deviation a (fig. 7.2.9.2) shall be no more than 1
mm for triangle pulley (or chain wheel); and not
more than 1.5 mm for flat pulley;
Fig. 7.2.9.2 Diagram for
deviation between centers of
two pulleys
b) The models of the triangle belts must be in compliance with the slot type of the
pulley, and the tensions of belts shall be consistent;
c) The joints of belts shall be tight, and the eccentricity of belts during running shall
not exceed the edge of the pulley.
7.2.9.3 The two shafts of the chain wheel transmission unit shall be in parallel, and
the fitting between the chain wheel and chains shall be good, the rotation is flexible, it
is free from blockage;
7.2.9.4 The exposed transmission unit shall be firmly erected and have a tidy
appearance, and is furnished with protective cover easy to disassemble.
7.2.10 The secondary grouting shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.10.1 Before secondary grouting, it shall have the following preconditions:
a) The equipment is aligned and fixed;
b) The welding quality of welded points meet concerned requirements;
c) The dirt and welding slag on base frame or platen have been removed;
d) It has no looseness for the edge irons and foot bolts by checking with a hand
hammer.
7.2.10.2 The secondary grouting shall be in compliance with the design and
The
Code for Construction and Acceptance for Concrete Structure Engineering;
7.2.10.3 Never tighten the foot bolts, have secondary aligning for the wheel
pairs or connect pipes until the strength of the secondary grouting layer is up to 70%
of the design strength class.
7.2.11 The sub-item commissioning shall meet the following requirements:
7.2.11.1 The sub-item commissioning shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment;
7.2.11.2 The sub-item commissioning for mechanical parts shall be conducted until
the equipment erection is completed, the complete erection records are available, and
they are accepted to be qualified;
7.2.11.3 Before sub-item commissioning, it shall meet the following requirements:
a) The strength of foundation concrete of the equipment has reached to the
design one, and the strength class of secondary grouted concrete has reached to the
design strength of the foundation concrete;
b) The garbage surrounding the equipment has been removed, and the scaffold
has been disassembled;
c) The lighting at concerned place is adequate, and necessary communication
facilities are ready;
d) Relative passage shall be flat and unobstructed;
e) It has no inflammable and explosive articles nearby, and the fire-fighting
facilities are available;
f) The brands and quality of lubricant are in compliance with specification.
7.2.11.4 The following checks shall be conducted before sub-item commissioning:
a) To check the insides of machines and connecting systems (e.g. smoke,
air,coal,coal powder pipes, furnace chamber, etc.), they shall be free from any foreign
matters and operators;
b) The foot bolts and connecting bolts shall not have any sign of being loose;
c) The exposed rotating section shall be furnished with protective guard or
enclosing rail;
d) The cooling water is in enough amount and the water returning pipe shall be
unobstructed for the bearing cooler;
e) To check the lubricant level for bearing in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment and Clause 7.2.5.5, each friction places shall be filled
with enough lubricant;
f) The air ventilation for motor shall be free from foreign matters, and its
enclosure shall be in perfect state.
7.2.11.5 The sub-item commissioning shall be conducted with ratified measures for
it;
7.2.11.6 The motors that can be cut off from the mechanical parts shall go through
commissioning in advance independently for not less than 2 hours, their rotation
directions shall be correct, and the FAILURE buttons shall work normally; only after
they are qualified, can they run with the mechanical parts;
7.2.11.7 When starting the mechanical parts, the following matters regarding
safety shall be noted:
a) The coupling finger pins (leather screws) all have been mounted;
b) The coupling has no abnormal sign by rotating it with hand (except those can’t
be rotated with hand such as ball mill, etc.);
c) For the first start-up, when reaching to the full speed, stop it by FAILURE
button, observe the bearing and rotating sections, don’t start it formally until you
confirm it has no friction and other abnormal condition.
7.2.11.8 The sub-item commissioning for mechanical components shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, generally, the continuous
running time shall be no less than 8h;
7.2.11.9 During the sub-item commissioning, the temperature, vibration for each
parts shall be checked, and the indication of the current meter shall not exceed
specified value, the detailed record shall be made;
7.2.11.10 The sub-item commissioning shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment, generally, it shall meet the following requirements:
a) There is no abnormal situation happened in the bearing and rotating parts;
b) The working temperature of the bearing shall be stable, generally it shall be no
more than 65 C for sliding bearing, and not be more than 80C for rolling bearing;
c) The vibration shall generally not more than 0.10mm;
d) There’s no oil, water or air leakage;
e) When using lubrication with circulating oil, the oil pressure and volume shall
meet specification; when it has valve on the oil pipe, measures to avoid closing by
mistake and self-closing by vibration shall be taken.
7.2.11.11 After sub-item commissioning, one shall have certificate for sub-item
commissioning signed (attached with record for sub-item commissioning)
7.3 Coal Pulverizer

7.3.1 Ball pulverizer
7.3.1.1 The tank body shall go through the following re-checking, and records shall
make for that:
a) To measure the tank body diameter and length;
b) The tank body is free from such defects as deformation, crack and missed
welding, etc.
7.3.1.2 The assembling of the end cover and tank body shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The assembling will be based on the letter heads and stabilizing nails, the end
cover shall be in concentric with the tank body, and the concentricity of the hollow
centric liens with the tank centric lines shall be in accordance with the technical
b) The flange faying surface shall be coated with a layer of yellow consistent fat
or black lead powder, the joining shall be tight, in between no adjusting shim shall be
added, the bolts for end cover shall be tightened evenly, and shall be furnished with
back cap or anti-loose measures;
c) The threads in the liner of the hollow shaft shall be in correct direction, when
the tank body is rotating, it shall make raw coal enter into the tank; the heat insulation
layer shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
7.3.1.3 To check the hollow shaft:
a) To recheck the roundness, taper and flatness of the hollow shaft;
b) The shaft journal shall be finish, free from flaw and rust, etc., after checking,
one shall apply oil on it, and take anti-damage measure.
7.3.1.4 The spherical surface of the main bearing shall move flexibly, the contact is
good and not less than 2 points in every 30 mm × 30 mm checked by color marking;
7.3.1.5 The spherical seat and platen shall contact well and not less than one point in
every 30 mm × 30 mm checked by color marking; the local clearance at periphery
shall be no more than 0.10 mm, length of each section shall be no more than 100mm,
the accumulated length shall not exceed 25% of the total length of the periphery;
7.3.1.6 The scrapping and lapping of the bearing pad for the spindle shall meet the
a) The contacting angle shall be in accordance with the technical documents of
the equipment, generally, it is 45 ~ 90;
b) The bearing pad contacts with journal evenly and not less than 1 point/cm2;
c) The total clearance at both sides of bearing bush (bush mouth) shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, generally it is 1.5/1000 ~
2/1000 of the journal diameter, and it is equipped with tongue oil-discharging
clearance;
d) The deviation in the total thrust clearance is 0.15mm;
e) When lapping the bush, never use substitute journal.
Note: when lapping the bush, one shall take into consideration the actual working position after thermal
expansion.
7.3.1.7 The inner wall, upper cover, oil slot, oil filling hole and oil returning hole of
the main bearing must be thoroughly cleaned, so as to guarantee the oil pipe is
unobstructed;
7.3.1.8 The pressure for hydraulic pressure test for the water chamber in the main
bearing shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment,
generally it is 1.25 times of the max. pressure of the cooling water used;
7.3.1.9 Checking the gear rim (big gear):
a) If it is necessary, to check the tooth profile by making template in accordance
with the technical documents of the equipment;
b) The tooth face shall be free from such defects as shrinkage, porosity or crack,
etc., the connecting flange surfaces for the gear rim shall be smooth;
c) The welding quality of the gear rim cover shall be perfect, and one shall test
their tightness.
7.3.1.10 The total thrust clearance for the driver shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, generally, the thrust clearance is 0.20 ~ 0.40
mm;
7.3.1.11 Checking the pipe tips at inlet and outlet:
a) The insides of the tips shall be smooth, there’s no risk for accumulating
powder;
b) The roundness of the part inserted into the hollow shaft shall be in accordance
with the technical documents of the equipment.
7.3.1.12 Before erection of the ball mill, one shall first test the verticality, swing
allowance and depth for each foot bolt holes by using foot bolt, the anti-rotating unit
shall be normal;
7.3.1.13 When there’s no special specification, under the main bearing (including
reinforced rib) it shall be furnished with edge irons, and the distance between which
shall generally be not more than 300mm;
7.3.1.14 The erection of the main bearing will be based on the bottom of the bearing
pad, it is required as follows:
a) The elevation deviation for the main bearing is  10 mm, the levelness
deviation for two bearings shall be no more than 0.50 mm;
b) The distance deviation between two bearings shall be no more than 2mm, the
distance between two bearings shall be decided based on the actual size of the tank
body by taking into consideration the elongation due to thermal expansion;
c) Two bearing platens shall be parallel to each other, the difference between two
diagonal lines shall be no more than 2mm;
d) The longitudinal and cross levelness deviation for platen shall be no more than
0.2/1000 of its length and width;
e) For the bearing itself, the longitudinal (bush bottom) and transversal (bush
mouth) direction shall be level;
f) The limiting pin of the spherical seat shall be aligned with the center of the
spherical bush’s limiting hole;
g) Measure against damage to the tile surface shall be in place during operation;
h) The faying surface between the spherical seat and platen shall be coated with a
layer of lubricating grease; the spherical faying surface shall be coated with
lubricating grease.
7.3.1.15 Before putting in place the tank body, the bush surface and oil slot, and coat
mechanical oil on the bush surface shall be thoroughly cleaned;
7.3.1.16 When putting in place the tank body, it shall be maintained to be stable, and
both ends shall be seated on the spherical surface at the same time;
7.3.1.17 After putting in place the tank body, the clearances at different points shall
meet the follow requirements:
a) The levelness deviation in the journals at both ends shall be no more than
0.1/1000 of the centric distance of two bearings;
b) The contact between the total thrust clearance and the bush shall meet Clause
7.3.1.6;
c) The expansion clearance of the force-carrying journal shall be in accordance
with the technical documents of the equipment, generally, one can refer to Appendix
M;
d) The spherical seat shall contact well with the platen, and the spherical bush
and spherical seat shall contact well, it shall not have any obvious displacement;
e) To check the concentricity of the hollow shaft at both ends, for the way for
checking, please refer to Appendix N.
7.3.1.18 The erection of the shaft sealing shall meet the following requirements:
a) The gasket shall be fine felt with good quality, proper thickness and being
intensive;
b) The felt shall be flat, and the joining shall be in step way;
c) The contact between the felt and the shaft shall be even, with proper tightness;
the radial clearance between the pressing rings and the shaft shall be even, generally,
it is 3~4 mm.
7.3.1.19 The gear rim shall be erected based on the stabilizing nails; after adjusting
the axial and radial runout of the gear rim, treat the mismatched holes by a file;
7.3.1.20 The joining between gear rim and the flange shall be well, and the
clearance of the faying surface for split gear rim shall be no more than 0.1mm;
7.3.1.21 The radial runout of the gear rim shall be no more than the amount of
meters of the diameter for pitch circle multiplied by 0.25mm; and the axial runout
shall be no more than the amount of meters of the diameter for pitch circle multiplied
by 0.35mm;
7.3.1.22 For the big and small gears, while being tangential to the pitch circles of
each other, the flank clearances shall be in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment, generally, they shall meet the requirements of Table 7.3.1.22;
Table 7.3.1.22 Gear Flank Clearances
unit: mm
Central distance
Flank clearance
800 ~ 1250 > 1250 ~ 2000 > 2000 ~ 3150 > 3150 ~ 5000
Max. 0.85 1.06 1.40 1.70
Min. 1.42 1.80 2.18 2.45
For the flank clearance, at least 8 positions shall be measured along the rim periphery,
and record the average of the values for working surface and that for non-working
surface; the clearance deviation for working surface along the tooth width shall be no
more than 0.15mm;
7.3.1.23 To check the contact between the working surfaces of the big and small
gears by color marking, generally it shall be no less than 50% along tooth depth, and
not less than 60% along tooth width, and shall not go towards to one side;
7.3.1.24 The erection of gear cover shall meet the following requirements:
a) The assembling is firm and reliable, and the clearances with the both sides of
the rim are even;
b) The inside of the cover is clean, and the flange faying surface is tight and free
from leakage.
7.3.1.25 The erection of inlet pipe tip shall meet the following requirements:
a) The radial clearance between the pipe tip and hollow shaft shall be equal in
both sides, and the upper clearance is slightly higher than lower one; generally, the
axial clearance of the force carrying end shall be no less than the calculated expansion
value of the tank plus 3mm;
b) The sealing of the pipe tip shall not influence the expansion of the tank body,
and the packing shall be coated with lead powder.
7.3.1.26 The erection of lining board (steel clad) shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The asbestos board laid between the tank body and lining board shall be even
and plump, the joining seams are tight;
b) The erection of the ling boards shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment, and the clearance between lining boards shall be no
more than 15mm;
c) Each bolt fixing the lining board shall be wounded at least three turns of
asbestos ropes; they shall be placed properly, and tightened one by one, and be
provided with back cap,
7.3.1.27 After erection, if not used for a long time, the ball mill shall be rotated by
hand regularly, and be applied with oil to prevent rust;
7.3.1.28 Before assembling the oil tubes, acid cleaning or sand blasting for their
insides shall be done; the welding for the oil pipes shall use an argon arc welding
process; after the oil system is erected, one shall have a cleaning for the system; after
the whole system is closed, never disassemble it or open hole just as one likes;
7.3.1.29 The erection of oil tank shall meet the following requirements:
a) The oil tank shall be qualified by testing it with water;
b) The steam heating pipe or cooling water pipe is qualified by hydraulic
pressure test; the testing pressure shall not be lower than 1.25 times of the max.
working pressure of the media used;
c) The oil level meter for the tank shall have obvious oil level indicator being
compliant with actual situation, and the floating tube is free from leakage by
permeating oil, the erection of the scale shall be vertical, and the indicating unit shall
be flexible without blockage.
7.3.1.30 The erection of gear cover shall meet the following requirements:
a) The pipes are laid tidily, reliably and firmly, never bury the oil pipes in earth
or concrete;
b) The pressurized oil pipe and oil-returning pipe shall generally have a slope of
25;
c) The valves of oil pipes shall pass tightness test;
d) The gasket at joints for the oil pipes and their parts shall not extend into the
inner circles of the pipes;
e) The flat flanges shall be welded both inside and outside, and after welding,
one shall thoroughly remove the welding slag.
7.3.1.31 The erection of oil cooler shall meet the following requirements:
a) All the oil ends and water ends shall be maintained to be clean and unblocked,
and the faying surfaces shall be free from leakage;
b) The oil cooler is qualified by hydraulic pressure test, the testing pressure shall
be 1.25 times of the pressure at the high pressure end;
7.3.1.32 The check and erection of oil pump for gear shall meet the following
requirements:
a) Free from defects by visual inspection, the gears are engaged smoothly, and
the contact is good;
b) The contact between the end cover and connecting flange of the casing shall
be tight;
c) The clearances of each part shall be in accordance with the technical
7.3.1.33 The oil observing glass shall be clear for each bearing of the ball mill, and
the oil volume adjusting unit shall be flexible and correct, the valve is furnished with
measures for preventing closing by mistake or self-closing due to vibration;
7.3.1.34 The circulation of the oil system shall meet the following requirements:
a) To set up filtering screen on the oil-returning mother pipe close to the oil tank,
and the size of the screen eye is generally 0.5 ~ 0.7 mm;
b) Connect temporarily the pressurized oil pipe and oil-returning pipe of the
bearing, so that the oil will not pass the bearing;
c) Start up the oil pump to establish normal working oil pressure to make
circulation, and check the tightness, the circulation will continue till it has no residual
foreign matters on the filter screen, and each parts shall be tight and free from
leakage;
d) The oil used for circulation generally is the lubricant used normally.
7.3.1.35 After oil circulation, resume the normal pipes, check and clean the foreign
maters in oil tank, replace with qualified lubricant, then have oil circulation passing
through the bearing, adjust the oil volume, so that the shaft journal is full of oil evenly,
the shaft sealing of each bearing shall not have oil leakage;
7.3.1.36 During the oil-on test and commissioning, the filtering screen at the oil
pipe on the inlet of the bearing shall be furnished, the size of the screen eye is
generally 0.3 mm;
7.3.1.37 During the oil-on test, the oil pressure relay and relief valve shall be
adjusted in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
7.3.1.38 The sub-item commissioning for ball mill shall have the following
preconditions:
a) The erection completes, and the oil circulation and oil-on test is completed;
b) The oil pressure interlocking test for the ball mill body and oil system is
qualified.
7.3.1.39 The commissioning generally shall meet Clause 7.2.11 of this Code;
7.3.1.40 After the motor is qualified in dry run, it will go through a commissioning
by driving the speed reductor for 2h;
7.3.1.41 The start-up of the ball mill body shall meet the following requirements:
a) The dynamic oil system shall be first started, its working shall be normal;
b) Start up the tank body, when it is normal, stop it by FAILURE button, check
such components as the main bearing and driver, etc., when they are normal, have
commissioning under dry load.
7.3.1.42 Only after it succeeds in running continuously under dry load for 8h, can
one load steel balls;
7.3.1.43 The steel balls shall be loaded in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment, and meeting the follows;
a) The weight of the steel balls shall be weighed b scale;
b) The balls shall be loaded in different times, generally, the first loading is 20%
~ 30% of the total weight, and the subsequent loadings shall be no more than 20% of
the total weight each time; every time after loading balls, one shall have
commissioning, so that the balls are distributed evenly; the vibration of each parts and
current of the motor shall be recorded, then the test rotation can be stopped
c) During the commissioning while loading balls, if any abnormality happens,
one shall stop loading, locate and solve the reason, only after that can be continued the
commissioning;
d) After the ball loading, one shall check the engagement of the big gear, and
tighten one by one the bolts of the lining boards.
7.3.1.44 If it is a ball mill with dual driving units, both motors shall be in
synchronous.
7.3.2 Fan coal pulverizer
7.3.2.1 To check bearing box:
a) Open the end cover, disassemble the temporary fixing unit for the spindle,
rotate the spindle by hand to ensure it is not blocked; have visual inspection on the
components, and make record on the checking;
b) Recheck the sizes of the fitting parts between the spindle and the beating
c) wheel, which shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment; check its radial runout in two sections along the length direction, its
average value shall be no more than 0.60 mm; after rechecking, anti-corrosion and
anti-collusion measure shall be measured;
d) The oil chamber shall be free from leakage according to the check by oil
permeating.
7.3.2.2 To check the beating wheel:
a) The beating wheel shall be from such defects as crack, sand holes and
shrinkage influencing strength;
b) The assembling dimensions for shaft hole shall be in accordance with the
c) The beating board shall not be dismounted just as one likes, and when it does
need to dismount, it shall be replaced afterwards in original way.
7.3.2.3 To check the housing, loading door, separator and telescopic joint:
a) Their geometric dimensions and welding of each part shall be in accordance
b) The arrangement of the inner protective boards in peripheral direction of the
housing shall be in arc shape, be tidy without gap, and firmly fixed;
c) The flatness of the anti-wear lining board shall be no more than 2mm, the
clearance between each other shall be no more than 5mm; the fixing bolts shall be
tightened and be furnished with sealing and anti-loose washers;
d) The hole doors at each part shall be flexibly in opening and closing, and they
shall have good sealing after being closed.
7.3.2.4 All foot bolts shall have rust and oily dirt removed, and marks shall be
made;
7.3.2.5 The oily dirt on the bearing box base, bottom beam of lower housing shall be
removed;
7.3.2.6 The erection of bearing box shall meet the following requirements:
a) After putting in place the bearing box, the deviation between its central line
and the foundation central line shall be no more than 5mm, and the deviation of
elevation of the shaft center is  10mm;
b) The axial levelness of the bearing box shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, and certain lift shall be reserved towards the
end of the beating wheel, the radial levelness of the bearing box shall be no more than
0.2mm;
c) After fixing the base of the bearing box, one shall guarantee that the axial
position of the bearing box can be adjusted in accordance with the technical
7.3.2.7 The erection of housing shall meet the following requirements:
a) The faying surfaces for the connecting position between the lower housing and
the bearing box seat shall be in good contact; 0.5 mm feeler gauge will be used to
check the local clearance, and the inserting depth shall be no more than 20%, and the
width shall be no more than 20% of the peripheral length;
b) After the connecting bolt between the lower housing and the bearing box seat
are tightened, the positioning pin shall be removed, the sealing cover shall be welded,
the removed inner lining board shall be replaced and the record shall be made;
c) The verticality of the housing shall be no more than 5/1000 of the height, and
the max. shall be no more than 10mm.
7.3.2.8 After erecting the shaft sealing, the axial and radial clearance of the
labyrinth shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, it
shall be free from friction and blockage; the inside of the labyrinth shall be free from
foreign matters, and the air inlet pipe shall be unblocked;
7.3.2.9 The erection of beating wheel shall meet the following requirements:
a) The axial and radial clearance between the beating wheel with the housing and
loading door shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
the points inspected will distribute equally along the periphery, and not fewer than 8
ones; the records shall be made;
b) The fixing bolts shall be applied with molybdenum disulphite, the tightening
torque shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, and
torque wrench will be used to tighten in a symmetric way;
c) After erection, for the beating wheel end, the radial runout shall be no more
than 1mm, and the levelness deviation for the shaft shall be no more than 0.3mm;
d) To check the clearance between the back rib of the beating wheel and the
lining board, and the value shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment, and one shall make record.
7.3.2.10 The erection of loading door shall meet the following requirements:
a) The deviation between the door track and the foundation central line shall be
no more than 5mm, and the distance deviation between two tracks shall not be more
than 3mm, the deviation of elevation shall be no more than 10mm;
b) The trolley moves flexibly, and the lubricating parts shall be filled with
lubricant;
c) The loading door and the hinged stand connecting with the trolley shall rotate
flexibly, the force applied on the bearing rod shall be even, and the anti-loose nut shall
be tightened;
d) The sealing packing in the joining part between the loading door and housing
shall be intensive and even, after the door is closed, it shall be tight and free from
leakage, the trolley shall fall exactly on the track.
7.3.2.11 The erection of the telescopic joint shall meet the following requirements:
a) The construction of the refractory wall of the telescopic joint shall follow
Section 9 of this Code;
b) The central deviation between the telescopic joint and the loading door shall
be no more than 10mm;
c) All lubricating points for rotary parts shall be filled with grease, and rotate
flexibly;
d) The lifting and dropping of the telescopic joint shall be smooth and without
blockage, after it falls, it contacts with the top of the door top tightly, and after it lifts,
it shall not slide by itself.
7.3.2.12 The erection of the separator shall meet the following requirements:
a) The supports at both ends shall be under even force;
b) The adjusting baffle and operation unit shall act flexibly and reliably, the
actual position of the baffle shall be insistent with the external indication.
7.3.2.13 The erection of the oil system shall follow Clause 7.3.1.28 ~ 7.3.1.37;
7.3.2.14 For sub-item commissioning, in addition to met Clause 7.2.11, it shall also
a) The oil system shall run separately for 2h;
b) The bearing temperature shall be no more than 75C, the vibration generally is
below 0.05mm, the max. shall be no more than 0.10mm;
c) During normal operation, the fine oil filter shall be able to switch over.
7.3.3 E-type medium-speed coal pulverizer
7.3.3.1 The check and maintenance of it shall meet Clause 2.1 and 7.1, 7.2 of this
Code;
7.3.3.2 One shall clean all faying surfaces for machining, check and eliminate
defects in the faying surface; the cleaned faying surfaces for machining shall be
placed on a square supporting bracket;
7.3.3.3 The radius and the milling ring and depth of the arc slot shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, and the surface of the arc
slot shall be finish, smooth, free from such defects as crack, etc.;
7.3.3.4 The storage of the equipment shall be furnished with rainproof, damp-proof,
and dirt-proof measures;
7.3.3.5 The erection of base plate and seat shall meet the following requirements:
a) The erection central line deviation of the seat shall be no more than 3mm;
b) The levelness deviation of the base plate shall be no more than 0.1mm/m;
c) The elevation deviation of the seat shall be no more than 2mm.
7.3.3.6 The erection of the driving part shall meet the following requirements:
a) The deviation between the speed reductor’s central line and the spindle’s
central line shall be no more than 0.05mm, and it is not allowed to add cushion
between the reductor and the base plate;
b) The center deviation between the air sealing sleeve and the spindle shall be no
more than 0.05mm;
c) The levelness deviation for the shaft worktable shall be no more than
0.03mm/m, and the axial runout shall be no more than 0.05mm, the radial runout shall
be no more than 0.02mm;
d) The hoisting of the shaft worktable shall use special bolts with hoisting eyes.
7.3.3.7 The erection of upper and lower framework shall meet the following
requirements:
a) To coat a layer of lubricating grease on the framework’s faying surface and
positioning bolts, and smear oil on the table surface for preventing rust;
b) Add washers on the positioning bolts for tightening;
c) After the framework is put in place, its center deviation, levelness deviation,
axial and radial runout shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment.
7.3.3.8 The erection of lower milling ring shall meet the following requirements:
a) When hoisting the lower milling ring, the lower eye hoisting hook shall be
looped in the special slot for the milling ring;
b) To coat a layer of lubricating grease at the rabbet;
c) Before hoisting, the movable throat plate of the nozzle ring shall be removed
temporarily, and when the lower milling ring is craned, it is refit timely and fixed
firmly;
d) The axial and radial runout of the lower milling ring shall be in accordance
with the technical documents of the equipment.
7.3.3.9 The faying surface between the brush seat and the support is furnished with
a toothed texture with a depth of 1mm, during the erection, they shall coincide, and
the bolts shall be equipped with anti-loose washers;
7.3.3.10 Before hoisting the steel balls, the sizes of the steel balls shall be checked
and the record and marks shall be made. The arranging sequence of the steel balls
shall not be mixed up;
7.3.3.11 All the four pressing heads of the pressing unit shall extend into the
concave trough in the O ring;
7.3.3.12 The erection of the coarse powder separator shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The outlet direction, air pressure and air temperature measuring points for the
separator shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment
b) The clearance between the upper coal spout and the separator baffle shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, the baffles shall be
flexible in opening, and its actual position shall be consistent with external indication.
7.3.3.13 The erection of nitrogen pressing pipe shall meet the following
requirements:
a) After erecting the pipe, one must use compressed air to clean the inner wall of
the pipes, remove any dirt, only after that, can it be connected with the nitrogen
pressure cylinder;
b) After the erection of the pipe, one shall check it by supplying nitrogen of rated
pressure (generally it is 3.92 MPa), and the pipe joint seat shall have no leakage.
7.3.3.14 After mounting the pin of the nitrogen pressure cylinder, insert the key and
spot weld it firmly;
7.3.3.15 When supplying gas to the nitrogen pressure cylinder for the first time, one
must check again the pressure of the pressurizing unit and whether the spherical bolts
have extended into the concave trough of the O ring;
7.3.3.16 The extending length of the nitrogen pressure cylinder’s plug shall be more
than 20mm;
7.3.3.17 The red copper pipe connecting the air valve and its controlling system shall
be clamped with pipe clip, and it shall have no looseness;
7.3.3.18 The sub-item commissioning for the medium-speed coal pulverizer shall
meet the following preconditions:
a) The erection is finished, and commissioning of the oil system is completed;
b) The dry run test of the main motor is qualified;
c) The pressurizing system test is qualified, and the nitrogen pressure is not lower
than 0.98 MPa;
d) The interlocking test for the oil system is qualified;
e) The commissioning of the sealing air blower is qualified.
7.3.3.19 The general requirements for commissioning shall meet Clause 7.2.11 of
this Code; in addition, the commissioning under dry load for the coal pulverizer shall
not exceed 1min each time, and the lubricating oil system must be put into operation;
7.3.3.20 The sub-item commissioning for the medium-speed coal pulverizer must
fulfill the following criteria:
a) The vibration of the speed reductor shall be less than 0.05mm;
b) The vibration amplitude of upper milling ring shall be observed from the
horizontal shaft of the pressurizing unit or nitrogen pressure cylinder, which shall be
less than 5 mm;
c) All components shall be firmly connected, and free from looseness, the
rotating components have normal sound.
7.3.4 RP (HP)-type medium-speed coal pulverizer
7.3.4.1 Before erection, the following checks shall be carried:
a) There’s no such defects that will influence the strength as gas porosity, crack
and looseness on the equipment surface;
b) The positions of fixing holes and expansion holes in the base plate shall be in
c) The gear engagement for the worm and worm wheel in the worm wheel box
shall be good, and the machined surfaces shall be free from cracks, dirt spots or rust,
the oil protection for the worm assembly shall be normal;
d) To measure the diameter of the milling bowl and ring, and make record for
that;
e) The connecting bolt at the milling disk sealing cover, anti-wear plat at
machine side and other points shall be tight;
f) The folding door baffle of the separator shall be flexibly in opening and
closing, and the opening shall be consistent, and coincide with the angle indication;
g) The flange plane for connecting the central coal falling pipe and the separator
shall be vertical;
h) The inside of the oil tank in the hydraulic station shall be clean and without
any foreign matter;
i) The lubricant pump shall be checked and measured under disassembled state,
and the clearances for all parts shall be in accordance with the technical documents of
the equipment.
7.3.4.2 The assembling of foot bolts and pre-buried bushing shall meet the
a) The foot bolts shall be concentric with the bushing;
b) The slant of the water discharge pipe at bottom of the bushing shall be no less
than 10;
c) The caps at bottom of the foot bolts shall be spot welded firmly with the bolts,
and the upper threads shall be coated with grease, the upper mouth of the bolt and
bushing will be filled with hemp.
7.3.4.3 The erection of foot bolts shall meet Clause 7.2.2.3, and specially required
that the distance deviation is  2mm, the difference in diagonal lines shall be no more
than 3mm;
7.3.4.4 The erection of the base plate shall meet the following requirements:
a) During erection for the base plate, one shall distinguish the working surface
and non-working surface, fixing end plate and expansion end plate;
b) The base plates can be erected with or without edge irons, between the base
plate and foundation, one shall leave a layer for secondary grouting not less than
50mm;
c) The allowable deviation for elevation for erecting the base plates is  10mm,
and allowable deviation in center is  2mm, the base plates shall be leveled with
precision leveler;
d) For the upper plane of gear box, the longitudinal and transversal levelness
deviation shall be no more than 0.1 mm;
e) The clearance at the periphery of the sealing for milling disk journal shall be
even, and shall be no more than 0.10 mm.
7.3.4.5 The erection of the base shall meet the following requirements:
a) When the base is in place, the joining points between the base and base plates
shall be cleaned, and the base central line, fixing pin and base plate central line, fixing
hole shall be aligned, and the faying surface between the base and base plates shall be
coated with a thin layer of grease;
b) The joining between the base and base plates shall be tight, and no cushion
board shall be added in between;
c) The longitudinal and transversal levelness deviation for the base shall be no
more than 0.1 mm/m.
7.3.4.6 The side unit body, separator top cover, inner cone, multi-outlet unit, and
central coal falling pipe shall be erected on the basis of concerned positioning pin
holes, during the erection, all flange faying surface and flange connecting bolt
surfaces shall be coated with sealing glue for purpose of sealing;
7.3.4.7 The clearances between the tree milling rollers and disks shall be even, and
the clearance shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
7.3.4.8 When centering the two coupling halves, the deviation in periphery and end
shall be no more than 0.2mm;
7.3.4.9 The clearance between the anti-wear plates in the unit shall be filled with
anti-wear and high-temperature resistant material, and the joining seam shall be tight;
7.3.4.10 The hydraulic system and lubricating system shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The oil pips of the hydraulic system and lubricating system are welded with
argon arc welding process, and the pipe inside walls must be cleaned, the system is
free from dirt;
b) Before erection, the valves in the oil pipes must go through tightness test;
c) The pipes shall be laid in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment, they shall be tidy and beautiful, fixed firmly, tight and free from leakage,
and the oil circulation purging shall be conducted after system erection.
7.3.4.11 For the sub-item commissioning, in addition to Clause 7.2.11 of this Code,
it shall meet the following requirements:
a) Before sub-item commissioning, one shall have the following checks:
1) The limiting switch of multi-outlet discharging valve shall be in accordance
with the technical documents of the equipment, the sealing air shifting unit is erected
perfectly;
2) The compressed air system pipes for instruments are erected perfectly;
3) The steam fire extinguisher shall be connected in accordance with design
requirement;
4) The sealing air blower and piping system meet conditions for operation;
5) The erection and commissioning of the powder making system is perfect.
b) Before sub-item commissioning for the coal pulverizer, one shall first start the
lubricating system for the main bearing, and its oil pressure, oil volume shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment.
7.3.5 MPS (ZGM)-type medium-speed coal pulverizer
7.3.5.1 The check and maintenance, erection sequence and technical requirement for
MPS (ZGM)-type medium-speed coal pulverizer shall be in accordance with the
technical documents (installation and operation instructions, drawings) of the
equipment, if it has no clear specifications available, specifications in Clause 7.1 and
7.2 of this Code shall be followed;
7.3.5.2 The foundation design is required to be grouted for three times for the coal
pulverizer, which shall meet the following requirements:
a) The checking and lining out, quality acceptance for the foundation shall be in
compliance with Clause 7.2.1;
b) For the secondary grouting, in addition to Clause 7.2.10 of this Code, it shall
also meet the following requirements:
1) Cement without shrinkage shall be used, and the concrete strength shall not be
lower than that of the design foundation strength;
2) For the points designed for the third grouting (including reserved holes),
protective measures shall be taken, so as to avoid grouting by mistake;
3) Before grouting, the machined surface for the equipment shall be coated with
anti-rust grease, and be protected;
c) For the points designed for the third grouting, it can be grouted only after all
erections have been accepted to be qualified.
7.3.5.3 The erection of the base frame, foot bolts and edge irons, in addition to
Clause 7.2.2 of this Code, it shall reach to the following criteria for alignment:
a) For the central line for the base frame and foundation, the allowable deviation
b) For the speed reductor platen surface, the elevation deviation is 0~10 mm, and
the levelness deviation is less than 0.1/1000;
c) For the machined surface at motor base, the elevation deviation is 0~5 mm,
and the levelness deviation is less than 0.2/1000;
d) For the upper surface of the loading lever base, the elevation deviation is 0~10
mm, and the levelness deviation is less than 0.1/1000.
7.3.5.4 The erection and alignment of the reductor shall meet the following criteria:
a) The clearance between the reductor and base frame’s contacting surfaces
(before tightening bolts) shall be less than 0.1mm, otherwise, the contacting surface
shall be treated, and no cushions shall be added in between the contacting surfaces;
b) The central line deviation for reductor and base frame shall be  0.4 mm;
c) The allowable deviation for the levelness at top of the reductor shall be less
than 0.2/1000;
d) The upper plane of the sliding guideway shall be in equal height and flush, and
flush with the platen supporting surface; between the guideway and platen, it shall not
have any projecting welded seam joints, otherwise, they shall be buffed to be flush.
7.3.5.5 The erection and alignment of the base shall meet the following criteria:
a) The upper plane of the base and the bottom plane of primary air chamber shall
be straight and flat;
b) The levelness deviation for the upper plane of the base shall be less than
2mm/m, and the levelness deviation for the machined surface of the bearing ring shall
be less than 0.1mm/m;
c) The concentricity deviation of the upper bearing ring on the base and center of
output flange of the reductor shall be less than 0.3mm/m;
d) The deviation in elevation of the upper plane of the base is 0~10 mm;
e) No clearance is allowed between the contacting surfaces of plate at top of
anchoring seat and the frame plate, otherwise, the plate shall be adjusted.
7.3.5.6 The erection and alignment of the labyrinth (sealing unit) and driving disk
(yoke) shall meet the following criteria:
a) It shall not have any clearance between the contacting surfaces of the
reductor’s output flange and the driving disk (yoke);
b) The radial clearance deviation between the reductor’s output flange and the
driving disk (yoke) rabbet shall be less than 0.05mm;
c) For the clearance of labyrinth sealing, the radial one is 0.1 ~ 0.25 mm, and the
clearance deviation for both sides shall be less than 0.05mm;
d) The clearance between the driving disk (yoke) and upper ring of the labyrinth
is 1.5 ~2.5 mm;
e) For the clearance between the base sealing ring and labyrinth, the radial
deviation at both sides shall be less than 1mm;
f) When tightening driving disk (yoke), the tightening torque shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, the record shall be made.
7.3.5.7 The erection and alignment of the milling ring (disk), housing and nozzle
shall meet the following criteria:
a) It shall have no clearance between the contacting surfaces of milling disk and
driving disk (yoke);
b) The central deviation for the upper part of the housing shall be less than 3mm,
and the deviation in elevation is 0 ~ 10 mm, the levelness deviation shall be less than
0.1/1000;
c) For the radial clearance between the nozzle ring and milling ring, and the axial
clearance between the nozzle ring and the section flange of the milling ring, the
deviation for both shall not be 0.5mm respectively.
7.3.5.8 The erection and alignment of the milling roller and lower pressing ring
(support) shall meet the following criteria:
a) The tips of the positioning bars (aligning bars) for the three milling rollers join
at one point, and coincide with the center of the coal pulverizer, the deviation in
elevation and center shall be no more than 3mm;
b) The clearance between the pressing ring (support) guiding plate and tangential
supporting plate shall be even, it can be adjusted by adding shims on the bearing plate
of the tangential support at the housing.
7.3.5.9 For the erection of the lubricating and hydraulic system (including oil
thinning station and hydraulic station), in addition to the technical documents of the
equipment, it shall meet requirements in Clause 7.3.1.28 ~ 7.3.1.37 and 7.3.4.10;
7.3.5.10 For sub-item commissioning, in addition to the technical documents of the
equipment and Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it shall meet the following requirements:
a) This coal pulverizer shall not be started and commissioning at cold state, but
after the boiler starts and goes commissioning and before putting in coal;
b) Before sub-item commissioning, one shall commission the lubricating and
hydraulic system to be qualified, and the relief valve for oil pump shall be adjusted to
be qualified;
c) To check and calibrate once the instruments, so as to ensure safety, reliability
and correct indication;
d) One can have air tightness test for the coal pulverizer when commissioning the
primary air blower and sealing air blower, and the testing pressure is 0.1 MPa, after
the check is qualified, the certificate shall be signed.
7.4 Air Blower

7.4.1 Centrifugal air blower
7.4.1.1 The rotor and casing shall meet the following requirements:
a) The rotation direction of the impeller and the bending direction of the vane, as
well as the inlet and outlet positions and angle of the casing shall be in accordance
with the technical documents of the design and equipment;
b) The welded seams of the weldments shall not have such defects as crack, sand
hole and undercut, etc.
c) The riveting quality is good for riveted structure;
d) The assembling of the impeller and shaft shall be tight, and shall be in
e) The axial and radial runout of the impeller shall be no more than 2 mm;
f) If there is lining bush (anti-wear iron clad) in the casing, it shall be firmly
fixed, and the surface shall be flat.
7.4.1.2 The adjusting baffle shall meet the following requirements:
a) The vane plate is firmly fixed, and it has proper expansion clearance with the
casing (e.g. the media temperature is higher than the room temperature);
b) The baffle shall be flexible in opening and closing, and the opening and
closing angle of each vane shall be consistent, the termination position of the switch
shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
c) When the guiding wheel of the baffle rotates along the track, it shall not be
blocked or stripped;
d) The baffle shall be provided with opening/closing scale indication compliant
with actual situation, and the baffle operated manually can be fixed at any graduation;
e) The opening direction of vane plate shall make the air flow enter along the air
blower rotation direction, but not be inverse;
f) On the shaft head of the adjusting baffle, it shall have mark consistent with the
vane plate position;
g) The baffle shall be equipped with limiter for end position for opening/closing.
7.4.1.3 The erection of the air blower shall meet the following requirements:
a) Based on the rotor center, the deviation in elevation is  10 mm, and the
deviation of longitudinal and transversal central line shall be no more than 10mm;
b) The casing body shall be vertical, and the orientation and angle for inlet and
outlet shall be correct;
c) The clearance between the air inlet of the casing and that of the impeller shall
be even, and the axial clearance (inserted length) deviation shall be no more than 2
mm, the radial clearance shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment;
d) The sealing clearance of the shaft and casing shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, generally, it is 2 ~3 mm (shall take into
consideration of the displacement due to upwards expansion after heating); the contact
between the shaft sealing packing and shaft shall be even, the tightness is proper, and
it is tight and free from leakage.
7.4.1.4 The sub-item commissioning for the air blower shall follow Clause 7.2.11 of
this Code; before starting, first the inlet adjusting baffle or valve shall be closed and
opened gradually after the starting is normal.
7.4.2 Axial blower
7.4.2.1 Before erection, the following checks shall be made:
a) The machined surface of the main shaft shall be smooth, free from crack;
generally, the journal’s roundness, taper, runout and the thrust ring’s ladle eccentricity
b) The erection and maintenance of the dynamic and static vanes shall be in
c) The vane surface shall be finish and smooth, free from such defects as gas
porosity, looseness and crack, etc., the inlet and outlet edges of the vanes shall be free
from notches and concave sign;
d) The roundness deviation of the casing at rotor shall be no more than 2mm;
e) The vane shank shall be free from sharp angle and crack, etc.;
f) The fixing between the van and vane shank shall be tightened with torque
wrench, and the anti-loose unit shall be reliable;
g) The casing shall be free from deformation, and the welded seams shall have no
crack or missed welding;
h) The assembling of the rotor with the shaft shall be tight, and meet
requirements in drawing;
i) Recheck the alloy steel components, which shall meet requirements in
drawing.
7.4.2.2 The levelness of the blower shaft shall be based on the thrust bearing, for air
absorber, the factor of bearing rising due to thermal expansion when the
force-carrying bearing is running shall be taken into consideration;
Note: generally, when one is aligning, he can drop the force-carrying bearing in advance, and the value for
dropping shall be 1/2 ~ 1/3of the rising due to thermal expansion.
7.4.2.3 The clearance at root of the dynamic vane shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, generally, it is 0.5 ~ 1.5mm;
7.4.2.4 The radial clearance between the dynamic vane and the casing shall be in
7.4.2.5 Both the radial and axial runout of assembled rotor shall be no more than 2
mm (measuring point: outer diameter at hub for axial runout, and outer end of vane
for radial runout);
7.4.2.6 The erection of the dynamic vane adjusting unit shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The conversion body slides flexibly on the guiding pole;
b) The connecting rod, conversion body and bearing rod shall be concentric with
the rotor, and the concentricity deviation shall be no more than 0.05mm;
c) When the rotor is rotating, the adjusting unit shall be convenient and flexible,
and it shall have enough adjusting axial allowance;
d) The adjustment and indication of the adjusting unit shall be consistent with the
rotating angle of the vane, and the adjusting range shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, the limit position shall be provided with
limiting unit.
7.4.2.7 The checking and adjusting for inlet baffle can refer to Clause 7.4.1.2;
7.4.2.8 The allowable deviation for erection of diffuser track: elevation –10 ~ 0 mm,
the levelness is not more than 3mm;
7.4.2.9 For the checking and maintenance of sliding bearing, in addition to the
technical documents of the equipment and 7.2 of this Code, it shall also meet the
a) The thrust bushes shall have even and consistent thickness, and the deviation
b) The total thrust clearance generally is 0.25 ~ 0.35 mm.
7.4.2.10 The erection of the oil catch shall meet the following requirements:
a) The oil catch piece shall be complete and perfect, firmly fixed;
b) The joints between upper and lower oil catch pieces shall not mismatch, and
shall be tight, the clearance shall be no more than 0.10 mm;
c) The clearance between oil catch piece and shaft shall be in accordance with
the technical documents of the equipment.
7.4.2.11 The erection of the motor ventilation system shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The inside of the water chamber for air cooler and copper pipe shall be clean,
without cast sand, dust and other foreign matters, the water chamber shall be brushed
with anti-rust paint;
b) The testing pressure for the air cooler is 0.4MPa, and will maintain 5min
without leakage;
c) The inside of the air chamber and channel shall be clean and without any
foreign maters, and be tight; when the air chamber door is closed, it shall have no
leakage.
7.4.2.12 For the erection of the oil system, in addition to Clause 7.3.1.28 ~ 7.3.1.37
of this Code, and 4.6 “Erection of Oil System” in The Code of Erection and
Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Turboset), it shall also meet
a) When using steam heater, the heater shall pass hydraulic pressure test with
1.25 times the working pressure; when using electric heater, the electric joints shall
not immerse in oil;
b) Generally, each oil-returning pipe of bearing shall be furnished with oil
observing glass, the position of which shall be at the slant position of the oil-returning
pipe; and the observing glass shall use transparent and clear organic glass;
c) After assembling the oil tubes, they shall go through tightness test and be free
from leakage in accordance with the design specification;
d) During oil circulation, the oil quality shall be checked, till it is qualified.
7.4.2.13 For The sub-item commissioning, in addition to the technical documents of
the equipment and Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it shall also meet the following
requirements:
a) The oil circulation and oil-on test for the oil system has ended;
b) The oil-pressure interlocked protection test for the air blower and oil system
has tested to be acceptable;
c) At the start-up, the erection angle of the dynamic vane shall be at the min.
position;
d) The adjusting system is flexible and correct, after starting-up the unit and
when it runs normally, the currents for each angle in the operation range shall be
record;
e) One must note that the air blower shall not work at the surging area;
f) The vibration amplitude of the air blower shall be no more than 0.05mm.
7.5 Coal feeder

7.5.1 The erection for carrousel coal feeder shall meet the following requirements:
7.5.1.1 The vertical shaft and shaft head shall not bend, and the shaft sealing shall
be smooth and have no flaw;
7.5.1.2 The carrousel shall be flat, the axial runout shall be no more than 2mm, and
shall not have friction with the casing;
7.5.1.3 The adjusting unit of the coal-poking board shall be flexible, correct, and it
shall have no friction between the coal-poking board and the carrousel;
7.5.1.4 The insulation unit between the coal chamber and oil chamber for reductor
shall be tight;
7.5.1.5 The lifting and dropping of the bushing for adjusting the coal layer shall be
flexible.
7.5.2 The erection of the scraper type coal feeder shall meet the following
requirements:
7.5.2.1 The coal scraper shall be flat, and its clearance with the base plate shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, and it shall have no
friction;
7.5.2.2 The track for chain shall be flat, the levelness deviation shall be no more
than 2/1000 of the length, and the deviation of parallel distance between two tracks
shall be no more than 2 mm;
7.5.2.3 The unit for adjusting the tension of the chain shall be flexible and easy to
use; during erection, it shall maintain an allowance for adjusting of more than 2/3;
7.5.2.4 The valve for adjusting the coal layer shall be flexible in rising and
dropping;
7.5.2.5 For the wheel pair with safety bolt, an clearance of 0.05-0.08 mm shall be
kept between its aperture and axle, the diameter shall not be changed or other
substitute used at discretion.
7.5.2.6 For the protective wheel pair using spring, the spring length shall be adjusted
in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment and the wheel pair shall
be rotated by hand to check the accuracy in its action.
Note: the erection of scraper type powder feeder shall refer to this.
7.5.3 The erection of the vibration type coal feeder shall meet the following
requirements:
7.5.3.1 The flange connecting with the raw coal bin must maintain level, and the
bolts shall be tightened, so as to guarantee the designed angle of the coal feeding
chute;
7.5.3.2 The connection between the coal feeding chute and the vibrator shall be
firm;
7.5.3.3 After erection, the rear and front vibration remover (i.e. front and rear spring
lever group) shall go through initial adjustment in accordance with the design, so that
the it has a slight but even clearance between the coal feeding chute and the feeding
spout;
7.5.3.4 After the raw coal sprout is filled with coal, open the valve of the raw coal
sprout, so that the coal feeding chute is pressurized, then adjust the bolt of the
vibration remover, so that the clearances at each point meet design specification; the
coal feeding chute is under a floating state, without friction and free from blockage;
7.5.3.5 To adjust the amplitude of the vibrator in accordance with the technical
7.5.4 The erection of the fully-enclosed automatic weighing belt type coal feeder
shall meet the following requirements:
7.5.4.1 Rainproof and dampproof measures shall be taken for the equipment;
7.5.4.2 The anti-vibration cushion in the unit can be removed only after the unit is
erected;
7.5.4.3 The horizontal and longitudinal levelness deviation of the whole unit shall be
no more than 0.2/1000 of the length;
7.5.4.4 All inspection holes and door holes shall be tight and free from air leakage;
7.5.4.5 The unit indicating No Coal and Coal Blocked shall operate flexibly;
7.5.4.6 The trough belt shall have no joints, and the tightness shall be proper;
7.5.4.7 Rotate by hand the main unit and cleaning unit, which shall rotate flexibly.
7.5.5 The sub-item commissioning shall follow Clause 7.2.11 of this Code.
7.6 Powder Feeder
7.6.1 The body of the powder feeder shall be level, and the packing between flanges
shall be coated with lead oil or water glass, and the packing shall not project from the
inside of the flange.
7.6.2 The door of the insert at the inlet of the powder feeder shall open and close
flexibly, and it shall be tight and free from powder leakage when it is closed, and it
shall be furnished with graduation mark for opening and closing.
7.6.3 The erection of an impeller powder feeder shall meet the following
requirements:
7.6.3.1 The main shaft has no bending, the impellers are firmly assembled, and the
shaft head cap is furnished with anti-loose unit;
7.6.3.2 The blade of the scraper shall be flat and straight, the clearance with the
carrousel shall meet design specification;
7.6.3.3 The clearance between the metering impeller and the casing as well as the
radial and axial clearance of the carrousel shall be no more than 0.05mm;
7.6.3.4 The protective unit shall be adjusted properly, and its action shall be flexible
and reliable;
7.6.3.5 The shaft sealing of the main shaft shall be tight and free from powder
leakage.
7.6.4 The erection of a helical powder feeder shall meet the following requirements:
7.6.4.1 The pitch and diameter of the helicoid shall meet design requirement, be free
from distortion and deformation;
7.6.4.2 The radial runout between the helicoids and casing shall be even, and shall
be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, generally it shall be
10.5 mm;
7.6.4.3 The expansion clearance helical shaft shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, and shall be no less than the calculated
expansion value;
7.6.4.4 The shaft sealing at both end of the helicoid shall be tight and free from
powder leakage.
7.6.5 The sub-item commissioning of powder feeder shall follow Clause 7.2.11 of
this Code, and shall have commissioning under the max. speed for 8h, one shall adjust
and measure the speed of the parallel controller at each point.
7.7 Helical Powder Conveyor

7.7.1 Before erection, one shall carry out the following checks:
7.7.1.1 The trough body shall be flat and perfect, and it has no defect according to
visual inspection, the bending of each trough section shall be no more than 2mm, the
trough contour with template shall be checked if it is necessary;
7.7.1.2 The flange surface of trough body shall be flat;
7.7.1.3 The external circle of the helicoid shall be smooth, the bending of each shaft
section shall be no more than 0.5/1000;
7.7.1.4 The hanging bush catch contacts well with the hanging bush, and the
clearance shall be no more than 0.1 mm;
7.7.1.5 The oil-filling pipe of the hanging bush shall be unobstructed, and generally,
the upper bush shall be opened with longitudinal oil slot.
7.7.2 The erection of the trough body shall meet the following requirements:
7.7.2.1 The deviation of central elevation shall be no more than 10 mm;
7.7.2.2 All flange faying surfaces shall be tight, and the packing shall not project
from the inside of flange;
7.7.2.3 The deviation in transversal levelness of the trough body shall be no more
than 1 mm, and that in longitudinal levelness shall be no more than 1/3000 of length,
and not be more than 10 mm in the whole length;
7.7.2.4 After assembling, the trough bending in the whole length shall be no more
than 5 mm;
7.7.2.5 The trough body shall be fixed firmly, and can guarantee its free expansion.
7.7.3 The erection of the helical shafts shall meet the following requirements:
7.7.3.1 The erection of the helical shafts starts from the reductor side, and their
centers shall be in the same line; after erection of each section, one shall adjust the
clearance between it and the trough body, and the deviation shall be no more than 2
mm; the shaft shall rotates flexibly and easily by rotating it with hand;
7.7.3.2 The hanging bush is firmly fixed, and the clearance between the bush and
top of shaft journal is 0.2 ~ 0.3 mm;
7.7.3.3 The distance between the hanging bush and shaft shoulder at both ends shall
be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, generally, it shall be
no less than 10 mm;
7.7.3.4 Generally, the expansion value of the helical shaft shall be about 0.5 ~ 0.6
mm/m.
7.7.4 The valve on the powder falling pipe connecting with the coal powder bin
shall be as near as possible to the trough body, and the valve shall be tight and free
from leakage, and be furnished with opening and closing mark.
7.7.5 The sub-item commissioning will follow Clause 7.2.11 of this Code.
7.8 Air Compressor

7.8.1 This section is applicable to the erection and acceptance of general-purpose
reciprocal air compressor of 0.98 MPa and their units.
7.8.2 Any component of the equipment shall be free from such defects as damage
and crack, etc., and it shall be dried and cleaned after purging, it is not permitted to
leave any gasoline or kerosene; during assembling, it shall be coated with lubricating
grease applicable to compressor.
7.8.3 The assembling of crankshaft and bearing shall meet the following
requirements:
7.8.3.1 If it has no clear specification for the contacting angle between the shaft
journal and bush, generally, it can be 90 ~ 120;
7.8.3.2 The clearances at both ends between the journal and bush shall be even, and
its sum is 1.5 times of the clearance at top; after tightening the bolts, the clearance at
top shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, if without
clear specification, it shall meet the requirements of Table 7.8.3.2;
Table 7.8.3.2 Clearance at the Top
unit: mm
Journal diameter <50 50 ~ 100 151 ~ 300
Clearance at top 0.08 ~ 0.10 0.10 ~ 0.15 0.20 ~ 0.30
7.8.3.3 There shall be a 1 ~ 1.5 mm clearance at the matching point of the bushes,
and a soft metallic shim shall be added between them;
7.8.3.4 The oil-filling hole on the bush shall be clean and unobstructed.
7.8.4 The assembling of the piston shall meet the following requirements:
7.8.4.1 The piston ring shall go through light-passing check in the cylinder, and the
points where light passes shall be no more than two, and the distance between the
light-passing point and the foreshaft of the piston ring shall be more than 30 arc
length (except for plastic ring); or if one checks with a 0.05 mm feeler gauge the
clearance between the piston ring and the cylinder wall, the gauge can not enter;
7.8.4.2 The lateral distance of the piston ring in piston seat slot shall be 0.05 ~ 0.10
mm, and the matching clearance of the piston ring shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, generally, it is 3/1000 ~ 5/1000 of the piston
diameter; for the piston rings of the same piston group, the matching positions shall be
90 ~ 120 misaligned;
7.8.4.3 The connection between the piston and piston rod, piston rod and cross head
shall be firm, and they can swivel flexibly, but not loose; the locking unit shall not be
loose, and the oil hole shall be unblocked;
7.8.4.4 To check the clearance at dead points at both ends of the cylinder by way of
lead pressing, so as to verify the travel of the piston, and the value shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment.
7.8.5 The assembling of the air-distributing component shall meet the following
requirements:
7.8.5.1 The positions of the air inlet and outlet valves shall be correct, and the
contact between the valve diaphragm and valve seat shall be tight; kerosene will be
used to check the oil leakage, which shall be no more than 2 drops/min; the valve
diaphragm spring tensions shall be consistent, and the travel of valve diaphragm shall
be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, generally, it is 3 ~
4mm;
7.8.5.2 The valve cap bolts shall be tightened evenly, the back cap shall be locked;
the cylinder cushion (copper cushion or asbestos rubber cushion) shall be coated with
black lead powder;
7.8.5.3 The air filter shall be clean and good for using, before assembling, it shall be
coated with viscous oil in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment.
7.8.6 The levelness of the unit body will be based on the shaft journal and the main
faying surface, and the deviation in longitudinal and transversal direction shall be no
more than 0.15/1000 of its length.
7.8.7 The erection of oil system shall be in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment, and guarantee each component (oil pump, oil tubes, oil valve, oil
filter, etc.) to be clean, unobstructed, tight, and free from leakage, the oil tubes shall
be free from sharp bending or folded flat, etc.
7.8.8 The intermediate cooler and gas accumulator shall pass hydraulic pressure test,
the test pressure shall meet the requirements of Table 7.8.8.
Table 7.8.8 Test Pressure MPa
Working pressure p Test pressure Working pressure p Test pressure
1.25p but no less than
 0.49 1.5p but no less than 0.2 > 0.49
p+0.3
7.8.9 The pressure gage shall be mounted at a point with small vibration amplitude,
and shall be fixed firmly.
7.8.10 The sub-item commissioning, in addition to the technical documents of the
equipment and Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, shall also meet the following requirements:
7.8.10.1 When rotating it by hand, the rotation shall be easy to operate and free
from blockage;
7.8.10.2 The unloading valve and relief valves at different levels shall be sensitive;
7.8.10.3 The commissioning of the air compressor under dry load shall meet the
a) To remove air absorbing and discharging valves of different stages;
b) Start up the compressor, then stop it, check all components, check it, after
confirming it has no abnormal signs, run it in sequence 5, 30 min and 4 ~ 8h, the
lubrication shall be normal;
c) During the running, no abnormal sound is allowed, and the fasteners shall
remain secure;
d) The rising in the oil pressure, oil temperature and at the friction parts shall
meet design specification.
7.8.10.4 The commissioning of compressor under the air load shall meet the
a) One air filter is first installed, then air suction and exhaust valves are mounted
gradually, start the compressor to conduct purging; start from stage I, connect stage by
stage to purge, till the air exhausted is clean, but the purging time at each stage shall
be no less than 30min, the purging pressure at different stages shall be in accordance
b) After purging, one shall dismount air absorbing and exhausting valves of
different stages and purge them to be clean, and check whether it has any damage;
c) To run 1h when the air exhausting pressure is 1/4 rated pressure, run 2h at 1/2
rated pressure and 2h at 3/4 rated pressure, the running time under rated pressure shall
be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment.
7.8.10.5 Check each component in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment, and make record, after the test is qualified, the lubricant shall be replaced.
7.9 Equipment Concerning Clinker (Ash)

7.9.1 Water-spraying plunger mortar pump
7.9.1.1 The erection of the pump shall meet the following requirements:
a) The longitudinal and horizontal levelness deviation in the pump and motor
shall be no more than 0.5 mm/m;
b) Between the cut-off valve of the outlet and inlet pipes and pumps, a relief
valve of a diameter higher than 50 mm, so that the ash will not leak into the pump
when the unit stops;
c) The plug, sealing packing, supporting ring, pressing ring and water-spraying
ring shall be installed strictly follow the positions, sequence and amount in the
drawing; the holes with diameter of 10mm on the water-spraying ring shall be placed
at the lower center; during assembling, the sealing packing and plug surface shall be
coated with lubricant, so as to guarantee the lubrication between the plug and sealing
packing;
d) The valve flap shall act flexibly, and the sealing rubber cushion shall be good
and free from flaw;
e) The single-way valve of the water-spraying system shall act flexibly and in
correct direction.
7.9.1.2 For the sub-item commissioning of the pump, in addition to Clause 7.2.11 of
this Code, it shall also meet the following requirements:
a) The outlet buffer is charged with nitrogen, and the charging pressure shall be
2/3 of the working pressure of the pump;
b) To rotate the pump manually for 4 ~ 7 r/min, the mechanism shall rotate
flexibly;
c) Before starting the main pump, one shall check each valve, their positions
shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
d) Before starting the main pump, one shall fill water in the water box of the
water-spraying pump, and the water level adjuster shall act flexibly;
Only after the water-spraying system works normally can the main pump be started;
e) After starting, the increasing in the main pump shall be in sequence of 25%,
50%, 70% and 100% of the rated load, and it shall run at least 1h under each load;
f) After the main pump stops, the water-spraying pump can stop running only
after the inside of the main pump is cleaned to be clear.
7.9.1.3 It is strictly forbidden to start the main pump and water-spraying pump
under the following situations:
a) When there is no slurry in the pump;
b) When the outlet valve and relief valve are fully closed.
7.9.1.4 During the commissioning, the max. instantaneous pressure shall be no more
than 110% of the rated pressure.
7.9.2 Oil insulation pump
7.9.2.1 When maintaining the piston cylinder under disassembled state, it must meet
a) The piston cylinder shall have no crack, deformation and flaw, and the
roughness of the cylinder wall shall be in accordance with the technical documents of
the equipment;
b) The piston rod shall not be bent, and the surface roughness shall be in
c) It shall have no damage on the piston sealing ring, and it shall have certain
shrink range for the outer diameter of the sealing ring and inner diameter of the piston
cylinder;
d) The pressing nut at end of the piston rod shall be tightened, and shall be
locked with cotter pin;
e) The sealing ring of the piston rod shall be tightened properly, and shall have
no damage;
f) To adjust the piston to be at 1/2 travel, recheck whether the position mark for
cross head is correct, if it has no mark, it shall be made during maintenance.
7.9.2.2 The checking and adjustment for piston rod, cross head slider and guide
board shall meet the following requirements:
a) The clearance of cross head slider and guide board shall be in accordance with
the technical documents of the equipment, generally, it shall be 0.15 ~ 0.30 mm, and
the clearance can be adjusted with shims; the contacting surface of cross head slider
will be checked by color marking, and it shall be no less than 6 points for an area of
25mm × 25mm;
b) The centers of the piston cylinder, piston rod sealing box and cross head shall
be in the same line;
c) The thread fitting of the piston rod and cross head slider shall be good, and the
cross heat thrust bolt shall have no looseness;
d) The lubricating oil hole in the crosshead slider shall be unobstructed.
7.9.2.3 The oil-water separating tank, Z shaped pipe, valve box and oil box must
a) The welding of the oil-water separating tank shall be in perfect state, and the
welding shall be firm;
b) The insides of oil-water separating tank, Z shaped pipe, valve box and oil box
must be clean and without any foreign matters;
c) The flange faying surface shall be cleaned to be clear, and the sealing ring
shall have no damage;
d) The valve box surface shall have no gas porosity, sand hole and crack;
e) The spring for the valve spring shall have no defect, and the spool as well as
the sealing surface shall be free from damage and opened parts, etc.;
f) All valves on the oil-separating pump body shall be lapped and pass hydraulic
pressure test;
g) The outlets of the oil observing valve, oil level observing valve, mud slurry
observing valve shall be in the same direction, otherwise they shall be adjusted with
shims.
7.9.2.4 To check the air tank:
a) The faying surfaces of flanges shall be perfect and without damage;
b) The pressure gage adaptor shall be cleaned to be clear;
c) The explosion-proof sheet in the air tank shall pass pressure explosion test;
d) The tank body shall pass hydraulic pressure test.
7.9.2.5 For the erection of the oil insulation pump, the levelness in longitudinal and
transversal direction shall be no more than 0.1 mm/m;
7.9.2.6 The mounting of the motor shall be based on the oil insulation pump, and the
parallelism between the motor shaft and speed variator’s active shaft shall be no more
than 0.15 mm, and the wheel slot for the pulley of motor and speed variator shall be in
the same plane;
7.9.2.7 When mounting the outer supporting bearing for the motor of the oil
separating pump, it shall be concentric with the two bearings in the motor;
7.9.2.8 The exhaustion valve, oil replenishing valve of the oil-water separating tank
and the pipes o the oil tank shall be firmly connected;
7.9.2.9 Air accumulator shall be furnished on the inlet pipe of the oil-insulating
pump;
7.9.2.10 For the sub-item commissioning of the oil-insulating pump, it shall meet
a) The pump body and attachments all have been installed, and accepted to be
qualified;
b) The ash handling system is mounted, and can be put into operation;
c) The sub-item commissioning for the air compressor has been qualified;
d) The sluicing pipe is unobstructed (generally one shall use pumped water from
high-pressure cleaning pump to check);
e) The flushing of the inlet pipe for the oil-insulating pump has been qualified;
f) To rotate by hand the unit, it shall rotate steadily and without blockage.
7.9.2.11 For the sub-item commissioning of the oil-insulating pump, in addition to
Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it shall also meet the following requirements:
a) Before commissioning of the oil-insulating pump, the valve on the outlet pipe
shall be in fully opened state;
b) The commissioning will be carried out in two steps, i.e. commissioning with
clean water and that with grout;
c) Before starting the pump, one shall adjust the oil-water boundary surface for
the separating tank in accordance with the method specified by the manufacturer;
d) After starting the pump, the oil-water boundary surface for the separating
tank shall be adjusted;
e) During the commissioning, the fluctuation at the boundary surface shall be
frequently checked and exhausted air and replenished oil;
f) The commissioning with clean water shall be no less than 4h;
g) When feeding grout, the grout’s grainness shall be in accordance with the
h) The outlet pressure for the pump when water comes out from the pipe, outlet
pressure of the pump when the grout comes out from the pipe, and change in outlet
pressure of the pump caused by change in grout concentration shall be recorded.

7.10.1 The erection record and items needing certificate in regard to equipment are:
7.10.1.1 Record on equipment maintenance and erection;
7.10.1.2 Certificate on lubricants’ brands and assay;
7.10.1.3 Certificate on sub-item commissioning.
8 Coal Transferring Equipment
8.1.1 The maintenance, erection and sub-item commissioning of the rotating
machines under the coal transferring equipment shall meet Clause 7.1 and 7.2 of this
Code.
8.2 Adhesive Tape Type Coal Transferring Machine

8.2.1 Check before erection
8.2.1.1 The positions and elevation of the pre-buried parts and reserved holes shall
meet the design and be checked to be qualified;
8.2.1.2 The metallic framework shall meet the following requirements:
a) The dimensional deviation in length, width, height of the framework shall be
no more than 10 mm;
b) The bending of the framework shall be no more than 1/1000 of its length, and
not more than 10 mm for the whole length;
c) The formed steel for the framework shall have no distortion or deformation;
d) For the metallic framework for air cushion belt type coal transferring machine,
it shall also meet the following requirements:
1) The main working surface in the air chamber shall be smooth, free from
deformation, and the air holes shall be opened reasonably, meet the design
requirement, and shall have no burrs, overlaps, blockage or missed opening, etc.;
2) The bending of the air chamber shall be no more than 1/1000 of its length, and
not more than 10mm for the whole length;
3) The distorting deformation of the air chamber shall be no more than 1/1000 of
the length, and not more than 10mm for the whole length.
8.2.1.3 The carrier roller surface shall be smooth and free from burr, the bearing
shall be with lubricating grease, the rotation shall be flexible, otherwise, it shall be
maintained under disassembled state;
8.2.1.4 The specifications of the adhesive tape (thickness, width, number of layers
of canvas and thickness of glue covered, etc.) shall meet design requirement, and the
glue surface shall have no hardening or chop, etc.
8.2.2 The erection of adhesive tape type coal transferring machine
8.2.2.1 The erection of the framework shall meet the following requirements:
a) The deviation in center for each section of framework from the design center
b) The elevation deviation is  10mm;
c) The transversal levelness deviation shall be no more than 3 mm;
d) The deviation of longitudinal fluctuation flatness shall be no more than 10
mm;
e) The air chamber of air cushion belt type coal transferring machine shall be
erected in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, if no technical
document available, the erection shall meet the following requirements:
1) The deviation in center for the air chamber from the design center shall be no
more than 1mm;
2) For the connection of adjacent air chambers, the concentricity deviation of
their working surfaces shall be less than 1mm;
3) The transversal levelness deviation shall be no more than 2mm;
4) The deviation of longitudinal fluctuation flatness shall be no more than 10 mm
for the whole length;
5) The air chamber shall be connected tightly, and shall have no leakage.
8.2.2.2 The erection of roll shall meet the following requirements:
a) The axial line shall be vertical to the adhesive tape;
b) The positional deviations in longitudinal and transversal direction shall be no
more than 5 mm;
c) The levelness deviation shall be no more than 0.5 mm;
d) The elevation deviation is  10mm.
8.2.2.3 The tensioning unit shall meet the following requirements:
a) The tensioning unit at tail shall work flexibly, and the sliding surface and lead
screw shall be flat and be coated with oil;
b) The slipways of the vertical tensioning unit shall be parallel, and their lifting
and dropping shall be smooth and flexible;
c) The weight balance shall be firmly placed, generally, the weight balance shall
be 2/3 of the design value, and when loading coal, if any slip happens, that shall be
increased additionally;
d) The weight balance for the adhesive tape type coal transferring machine with
dual drivers of equal power shall make the currents of two motors be basically the
same;
e) Safety enclosing rail shall be furnished in accordance with design.
8.2.2.4 The erection of the carrier roller shall meet the following requirements:
a) The supports for carrier rollers shall be firmly connected with the framework,
and the bolts shall be at the middle of long holes and shall be furnished with square
slant cushion;
b) The difference in up and down direction for adjacent carrier rollers shall be no
more than 2 mm;
c) The shafts for carrier rollers shall be firmly inserted into the support slots;
d) The several carrier rollers near to the roll at head shall fully contact with the
adhesive tape, otherwise they shall be shimmed to be higher.
8.2.2.5 The erection of the coal-falling tube and coal-guiding chute shall meet the
a) The coal-falling tube wall shall be flat and smooth, its weight shall not be on
the coal guiding chute;
b) Gaskets shall be provided at the flange connections of each coal-falling tube
and coal-falling head, so that the coal dust will not overflow to outside;
c) The coal gate valve shall be tight, and shall be furnished with opening/closing
marks, and the operation of it shall be flexible and convenient;
d) The coal-guiding chute shall be parallel with the adhesive tape, their centers
shall coincide, and the contact at the sealing points shall be even;
e) The erection positions for buffer carrier rollers for all coal transferring
machines shall point exactly to the coal-falling tube; if the position in the drawing
doesn’t meet this, the erection positions of the buffer carrier rollers shall be adjusted
on site.
8.2.3 The laying and adhering of adhesive tape
8.2.3.1 The laying of adhesive tape shall meet the following requirements:
a) The cut-off length of the tape shall be checked accurately, so that the
tensioning
unit has a tensioning travel not less than 3/4 after adhering the tape;
b) The surface with thicker glue covered shall be the working surface;
c) The working surface at joints of glue shall be in the forward direction of the
tape, and the tape length between two joints shall be no less than 6 times of the active
roll’s diameter.
8.2.3.2 The adhesion of tape can be done in accordance with concerned instructions
for adhering tape for transportation;
8.2.3.3 Before adhesion of the tape, one shall carry out adhesion test for glue joints,
and the total tearing force at tape joints during test shall be no less than 805 of the
tearing force of the original tape;
8.2.3.4 The adhesion joint can be in straight or slant (generally it is about 45) way;
Note: For the four or fewer canvas layers, the tape shall better not use straight joint.
8.2.3.5 The joints of tape can be in thermal (heating and sulfurating way) or cold
(natural curing) way;
8.2.3.6 The tape joints shall be cut into ladder shape based on the layers of canvas,
and the length of each ladder shall be no less than 50mm (the length of the ladder for
nylon tape shall be increased properly; and the steel wire type tape joint shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment);
8.2.3.7 When cutting the stripping layer of the ladder and machining, never damage
during cutting or break the completeness of canvas, the ladder surface after stripping
must be clean carefully, it shall be free from dirt, oil and rubber powder, etc.
8.2.3.8 Before coating glue, the ladder surface shall be free from moisture. If it is
necessary to bay it, the heating temperature shall be no more than 100C;
8.2.3.9 The thermal adhering way shall meet the following requirements:
a) The glue slurry shall be made of tread immersed by high-quality gasoline (generally it is
#120 aerospace gasoline). When it is used, it shall be agitate to be even, and it shall not have
any crude glue;
b) The glue will be coated generally in two times, the first time is to brush glue
slurry with low concentration, the second time shall be done when the gasoline smell
of the glue slurry brushed the first time has disappeared and it doesn’t stick to hands;
when brushing glue slurry, bubble or leaving layer appeared on the surface shall be
removed timely, and the total thickness of the glue coated shall be such a way that the
thickness of the glue after being pressurized and sulfuration shall be the same with the
thickness of original tape;
c) During sulfuration, the tape joints shall be with a clamping force of about 0.5
MPa. The time and temperature for sulfuration shall meet the requirements of Table
8.2.3.9.
Table 8.2.3.9 Time and Temperature for Sulfuration
No. of Temperature for Duration for No. of Temperature for Duration for
layers of sulfuration (C) sulfuration (min) layers of sulfuration (C) sulfuration (min)
tape tape
3 143 12 ~ 15 8 138 35
4 143 18 ~ 20 10 138 45
5 140 25 12 138 55
6 140 30
Note:
(1) The temperature rising shall not be too fast, generally, it is 60 ~ 90min depending on no. of layers
of the tape.
(2) When the temperature for sulfuration is up to 120C, one shall tighten once the screws (to maintain
a clamping force of 0.5 MPa).
(3) When the sulfuration is completed, and when the temperature has dropped to be below
75sulfuration, one can remove the vulcanizer.
8.2.3.10 The cold adhering way shall meet the following requirements:
a) No matter what adhesive to be used, it shall be prepared evenly in the mixing
ratio strictly following the instructions for it, but the preparing time shall not be too
early, in case that it will evaporate and fail.
b) When preparing the glue, one shall calculate the use volume in advance, and
coat that twice; when brushing the glue, the brushing way and requirement are the
same as that for thermal adhering way;
c) The curing time will be determined depending on the experience in the actual
environment; when the ambient temperature is lower than 5C at the adhering place, it
is not preferred to carry out cold cohering;
d) After being cured, the tape joints shall have proper and even clamping force.
8.2.3.11 When joining the tape joints, they must align to each other;
8.2.3.12 The thickness at taper joints shall be even, and shall be free from gas
porosity, lobe and crack;
8.2.3.13 At the seam joining point on surface of glue joints, one layer of fine canvas
coated with glue shall cover.
8.2.4 Sub-item commissioning
8.2.4.1 For the sub-item commissioning, in addition to Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it
shall also meet the following requirements:
a) When starting and stopping, the tensioning unit shall work normally, and the
tape shall have no slip;
b) The tape shall run smoothly, and the eccentricity during running shall not
exceed the edges of the carrier rollers and rolls;
c) It shall not have any friction that will damage the tape and is not allowable;
d) When loading coal, all carrier rollers shall rotate flexibly;
e) The non-return unit of the pin roller shall work normally, and the braking
angle shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
f) For air cushion belt type coal transferring machine, the sub-item
commissioning shall additionally meet the following requirements:
1) All technical requirements of the air ventilator shall meet the design
requirements;
2) Air diaphragm shall be checked when the air ventilator works normally, and
the roll at head can be started only after the air diaphragm is formed; the delay will be
determined by commissioning on site.
8.2.4.2 The interlocking and Failure buttons shall work well.
8.3 Coal Unloader for Adhesive Tape Type Coal Transferring
Machine
8.3.1 The erection of the plow-type coal unloader shall meet the following
requirements:
8.3.1.1 The coal unloader shall be flexible, the weight hammer is at a proper
position, and can unload the coal completely;
8.3.1.2 The coal unloading section shall be straight and flat, and meet design
requirements.
8.3.2 The coal-unloading platform is accepted and checked, and meets Appendix P.
8.3.3 The erection of the coal-distributing vehicle and the track for impeller-type
coal poker shall meet the following requirements:
8.3.3.1 The track shall be firmly and reliably connected with the framework, and the
datum deviation of the track surface shall be no more than 10 mm;
8.3.3.2 The track shall be flat and straight, the bending fluctuation shall be no more
than 1/1000 of the length, and not be more than 5mm for the whole length;
8.3.3.3 The difference in relative elevations at top of two tracks shall be no more
than 3mm;
8.3.3.4 The deviation in track distances shall be no more than 2mm;
8.3.3.5 The clearance at track joints shall be no more than 3mm.
8.3.4 The distance between wheels of the coal-distributing vehicle and the
impeller-type coal poker shall be compliant with the track distance, and it shall have
no blockage between the wheels and the steel track.
8.3.5 The distance from the impeller of the impeller-type coal poker to the platform
shall meet design requirement, and the impeller shall not come into collision with the
platform.
8.3.6 For the sub-item commissioning of the coal-distributing vehicle and the
impeller-type coal poker, in addition to Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it shall also meet
8.3.6.1 The to-and-fro travel along the track shall meet design requirements;
8.3.6.2 Each operation shall be flexible and correct, and can stop at predetermined
position;
8.3.6.3 During running, the wheel contacts well with the track, and it is free from
lifting-up and edge-engagement phenomena;
8.3.6.4 The vibration amplitude of the mechanical components shall be no more than
0.2 mm;
8.3.6.5 It shall have no eccentricity when the tape is passing the coal-distributing
vehicle.
8.4 Magnet Separator
8.4.1 The magnet separator can be erected only after it is checked to be qualified by
an electrician.
8.4.2 The erection angle of the magnet separator and the distance between the
attracting iron surface and adhesive tape surface shall meet the design requirements,
and their hanging units shall be firm.
8.5 Coal Crusher

8.5.1 Hammer and impacter type coal crusher
8.5.1.1 The following checks shall be done before erection:
a) Each hammer head can swivel flexibly on the shaft sleeve;
b) The distance between the hammer top and the grid plate, between the beating
board and impacting board shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment;
c) It shall have no crack on the hammer, beating board, impacting board and
lining board, and all components shall be fixed firmly;
d) Each door hole shall be able to open and close flexibly, and they are sealed
well;
e) The adjusting unit for the impacting board shall be flexible and reliable.
8.5.1.2 Never dismantle the hammer and beating board just as one likes, and when it
does need to dismantle, one shall make marks for them so that they can be replaced to
the original positions, if the marks are not clear, before assembling, marks for them
shall be made so that the weights will be distributed equally, and the deviation in
unbalanced weights shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment;
8.5.1.3 The erection of the coal crusher shall meet the following requirements:
a) If sleeper cushions are used under the coal crusher, the wood shall be solid and
possess high resilience, be free from crack and scar, and shall be anti-corrosive;
b) The deviation of elevation and central line shall be no more than 10 mm;
c) The levelness deviation in longitudinal and transversal direction shall be no
more than 1/1000 of the length and width.
8.5.1.4 The sub-item commissioning for the coal crusher will follow Clause 7.2.11
of this Code, and the vibration amplitude of its bearing shall be no more than 0.2mm.
8.5.2 Ring coal crusher
a) Each hammer ring can swivel flexibly on the ring shaft sleeve;
b) The hammer ring, coal crushing board, big and small sieve-plate, lining board
shall be free from crack, and all components shall be fixed firmly;
c) Each door hole shall be able to open and close flexibly, and they are sealed
well;
d) The adjusting unit for the sieve-plate shall be flexible and reliable.
8.5.2.2 Never dismantle the hammer ring just as one likes, and when it does need to
dismantle, marks for them shall be made so that they can be replaced to the original
positions, if the marks are not clear, before assembling, one must selectively match
them so that the weights will be distributed equally, and the deviation in unbalanced
weights shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
8.5.2.3 The erection of the coal crusher shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment, generally, it shall meet the following requirements:
a) The deviation of elevation and central line shall be no more than 10 mm;
b) The levelness deviation in longitudinal and transversal direction shall be in
accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, generally, they shall
respectively not be more than 0.5/1000 and 0.1/1000 of the length, and the levelness
of the main shaft of the rotor shall be no more than 0.3mm/m;
c) The faying surface between the machine body and cover shall be sealed
strictly, and the sealing cushion shall be in good state, and be free from leakage for
coal powder.
8.5.2.4 For the sub-item commissioning of the coal crusher, in addition to Clause
7.2.11 of this Code, it shall also meet the following requirements:
a) The clearance between the rotation trajectory circle of the hammer ring and
the sieve-plate shall be adjusted in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment, and one shall make sure that it has no foreign matters left in the machine;
b) It is not permitted to start the machine under load; only after the machine has
reached to the operation speed, can it work under loaded state.
8.6 Coal Sieving Machine
8.6.1 The coal sieving machine shall be checked to meet the following
requirements:
8.6.1.1 The sieve mesh shall have correct size, and the sieve surface is complete and
perfect;
8.6.1.2 The housing shall be tight and free from leakage.
8.6.2 The erection of the coal sieving machine shall meet the following
requirements:
8.6.2.1 The hinge shall be flexible, and the screws of the hanger rods shall be
furnished with reliable anti-loose unit;
8.6.2.2 The slant of the sieve shall be correct, and the transversal levelness deviation
shall be no more than 1/1000.
8.6.3 For the sub-item commissioning, in addition to Clause 7.2.11 of this Code, it
8.6.3.1 The eccentric wheel is firmly fixed, and it can rotate flexibly at any positions,
and will not have friction with the housing;
8.6.3.2 The screws at each part shall not be loose.
8.7 Wagon Unloader and Coal Yard Facilities

8.7.1 The tracks shall be laid in accordance with The Code for Construction and
Acceptance for Mechanical Equipment Installation Engineering (TJ231 (IV) -- 78,
generally, it shall meet Appendix Q of this Code.
8.7.2 For the relevant steel structure and riveted structures, can be referred The
Code for Construction and Acceptance for Steel Structure Engineering (GBJ205-83).
8.7.3 Wagon tripper:
a) The coming in and going out direction for wagons of the movable platform
shall meet design requirements;
b) To check the ex-factory quality certificate for the hydraulic components;
c) The contact between the transmissions gear and gear rims shall be in
d) Each carrier roller of the movable platform shall contact well with the
pressure-bearing surface.
8.7.3.2 When the wagon tripper is at home position, it shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The steel track on the platform shall align with the steel track on the
foundation, and it shall have 5 ~ 10 mm clearance at both ends of the steel track, the
deviation in height of track surface shall be no more than 3mm, and the difference
between two sides shall be no more than 5mm;
b) Clearance between two ends of the platform and the rolling-stopping surface
at the foundation: for the coming-in end of the wagon, it shall be no more than 5 mm,
and not be more than 1 mm at going-out end.
8.7.3.3 The resetting springs of the platform shall be adjusted to be consistent;
8.7.3.4 For rotor-type wagon tripper, in addition to Clause 8.7.3.2, it shall also meet
a) The joints of the disks shall be firmly connected;
b) After assembling, all disks shall be concentric, and the axial runout of each
disk shall be no more than 4 mm;
c) The lower plane of the rockerarm mechanism shall contact well with the base
beam;
d) Between the rockerarm mechanism and moon-shaped trough, clearance shall
be reserved in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment;
e) The corresponding points of all moon-shaped troughs shall be in the same
axial line.
8.7.3.5 For side-dumping wagon tripper, in addition to Clause 8.7.3.2, it shall also
a) The two rotary disks shall be parallel, and the deviation in their central
distance is  10mm;
b) The deviation in horizontal distance for the central line of the two rotary shafts
from the basic track’s central line shall be no more than 10mm;
c) The deviation of elevation of the rotary shafts is  10 mm, and the relative
horizontal deviation of two rotary shafts shall be no more than 10mm;
d) The distance from the lowest point at inner side of the wagon-pressing beam to
the track surface shall be no less than that specified in the technical documents of the
equipment, and it shall not influence the passage of wagons.
8.7.3.6 The erection of the wagon-dragging platform shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The erection direction of the wagon-dragging platform shall meet the design
requirements;
b) The steel track on the wagon-dragging platform shall align with the steel track
on the foundation, and the clearance at ends of steel tracks shall meet design
requirements, generally, it is 5 ~ 7 mm; the deviation in height of track surface and
misalignment in transversal direction shall be no more than 3mm;
c) The clearance between the stops for rolling at both ends of the platform and
the baffle on the foundation shall be less than the clearance at end of steel track;
d) The working travel of the buffer shall be in accordance with the technical
e) The limiting units on the platform shall be aligned.
8.7.3.7 The erection of the wagon shunting unit (light and heavy iron ox) shall meet
a) Each pulley shall be fixed firmly and rotate flexibly;
b) The steel wire will not engage the edge or be out of the trough when it is in the
pulley trough.
a) The hydraulic oil system shall be free from leakage, and the action of the
hydraulic components shall be flexible and accurate;
b) The driving directions of two driving motors shall be consistent and
synchronous;
c) The braking is reliable, and the tightness shall be consistent as far as possible;
d) The wagon-pressing beam shall have proper pressure on the wagon, so that the
wagon will not be out of the track;
e) The braking unit and positioning unit on the platform shall be flexible; and the
pushing and returning of the wagon pusher shall be correct;
f) The guard units and system interlocking shall act reliably;
g) The buffer and vibrator shall work normally;
h) The limiting units on the wagon-dragging platform shall work normally.
8.7.4 Portal coal catcher:
8.7.4.1 The span of the coal catcher shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment, the allowable deviations are:
a) Span not more than 30m not more than 8 mm
b) Span more than 30m not more than 10 mm
8.7.4.2 The upper arch of the main beam (to be measured at the upper cover plate on
the track-carrying beam) shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment, generally, it is 1/1000 of the span, and the allowable deviation is +0.3-0.1h
(his the upper arch in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment);
and the deflection of the cantilever shall be 1/350 of the cantilever length;
8.7.4.3 The horizontal lateral bending of the main beam (to be measured at the
upper cover plate on the track-carrying beam) shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, generally, it shall be no more than 1/3000 of
the main beam’s length;
8.7.4.4 Difference in diagonal lines of the portal:
a) Span not more than 30m not more than 5 mm
b) Span more than 30m not more than 10 mm
8.7.4.5 The verticality deviation of the supporting leg shall be in accordance with
the technical documents of the equipment, generally, it shall be no more than 1/3000
of the leg’s height;
8.7.4.6 The check and erection of the rotary machines and their components shall be
in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, and shall meet Clause
7.1 and 7.2 of this Code additionally;
a) Each protective unit shall be sensitive and accurate;
b) The rail clamping device shall be in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment and works normally;
c) When running along the whole length of the travel, the components of big or
small wagons shall run normally, and the termination switches shall act accurately and
reliably.
8.7.4.8 The test under load shall be conducted in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment and concerned instructions.
8.7.5 The erection of the bucket material-stacking and –fetching device shall meet
8.7.5.1 The lead sealing on the hydraulic device and element shall be perfect;
8.7.5.2 During the assembling as a whole, the steadiness of the device shall be sure;
8.7.5.3 All wheels shall contact with the track surface;
8.7.5.4 For erection, it shall base on the upper plane of the rotary bearing, and the
levelness deviation shall be no more than 1/2000 of the max. diameter of upper race;
8.7.5.5 The check and erection of adhesive tape type coal-transferring machine shall
follow Clause 8.2 of this Code, and it is required that the coal-falling tube of the
material-feeding tape is concentric with the rotor disk;
8.7.5.6 The tilting hydraulic cylinders at both sides of the goalpost shall be parallel
with each other, and vertical to the level surface; the deviation in verticality shall be
no more than 1/1000 of the height; the up-and-down movements of the two hydraulic
cylinders shall be synchronous, and the up-and-down heights shall be consistent;
8.7.5.7 The oil pipes of the lubricating oil system shall be compact and tidy; before
assembling, they shall be flushed and cleaned; and after assembling, they shall be
fixed firmly;
8.7.5.8 The erection of the hydraulic oil system shall meet the following
requirements:
a) The inner walls of the tubes shall be smooth and clean, and it shall not take in
any dirt during assembling;
b) More than 10 mm distance shall be reserved between parallel or intersecting
pipes;
c) The testing pressure for the tightness test for the system shall be 1.5 times of
the working pressure;
d) All instruments shall be tested to be qualified.
8.7.5.9 For the sub-item commissioning, in addition to Clause 7.2.11 and 8.2.4 of
this Code, it shall also meet the following requirements:
a) All hydraulic devices and components shall work normally, and shall be free
from oil leakage;
b) The bucket wheel’s speed shall be in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment, and the rotating and radius-changing mechanisms shall act correctly,
flexibly and steadily, the variable range shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment; the limiting devices shall be reliable;
c) The adhesive tape type coal transferring machine shall work normally in any
angle in the working range, be free from slip or eccentricity, etc.;
e) The rail-clamping device shall be in accordance with the technical documents
of the equipment and work normally.

8.8.1 The erection record and certificate items of equipment are:
8.8.1.1 Record on equipment maintenance and erection;
8.8.1.2 Certificate on sub-item commissioning;
8.8.1.3 Certificate on lubricants’ brands and assay.
9 Heat Insulation Paint for the Boiler’s Furnace walls,
Thermal Devices and Pipes
9.1.1 This chapter is applicable to the masonry of the boiler’s furnace walls as well
as the erection and acceptance of the paint for thermal devices and pipes.
9.1.2 The refractory, heat insulation material and their products used in the furnace
walls and heat insulation, the quality of raw material and product shall meet
applicable national or industrial standard currently in force; as for the standards
currently in force for commonly used refractory and heat insulation materials and
their products, please refer to Appendix R.
9.1.3 The mixing ratio of the refractory concrete, heat-insulation concrete and finish
grout prepared on site shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment; if without any specification, can be followed The Technical Condition and
Inspection Method for Heat-insulation Material for Thermal Devices and Pipes for
Thermal Power Plant (SDJ68-85) and The Technical Condition and Inspection
Method for Refractory Material for Thermal Power Plant (SDJ66082).
9.1.4 When mixing different kinds of refractory concrete, heat-insulation concrete
and grout, all machines and utensils used shall be cleaned, and the water for mixing
must be clean; it is strictly forbidden to use sea water, buck and water containing
organic suspension that will affect the quality of concrete.
9.1.5 It is strictly forbidden to hoist or move them until the refractory concrete
furnace walls reach 70% of the design strength; one shall avoid high vibration and
collision during hoisting and transportation for furnace walls and heat-insulation pipes
and devices.
9.1.6 For the construction of the heat-insulation structure for the boiler’s furnace
walls and devices as well as pipes, anti-rain and anti-freezing measures shall be taken.
9.1.7 Before erection of the furnace walls for the boiler, it shall meet the following
requirements:
9.1.7.1 The combination or erection of steel structures, heating surface, parts and
other devices of the furnace walls at the construction points (including the tightness
inspection and test for the welded seams) shall have been qualified according to
acceptance;
9.1.7.2 The temporary facilities for the construction points for the furnace wall shall
be removed completely, and inspected to be qualified;
9.1.8 For framework type concrete furnace wall, brick type light furnace wall, the
expansion seams shall meet the following requirements:
9.1.8.1 Expansion seams shall be reserved for the furnace wall in accordance with
the technical documents of the equipment, the width deviation for which is  3 mm,
and the border of the expansion seams shall be flat and tidy;
9.1.8.2 Insides of the expansion seams shall be clean, and never have any grout,
brick chips or other foreign matters; refractory ropes with diameter slightly larger than
the gap and with corresponding use temperature shall be inserted in the seams, the
farthest refractory rope facing the fire shall be level with the surface of the refractory
brick wall, but not project outward or dent inward;
9.1.8.3 Reliable sealing measures shall be taken for the furnace wall outside the
expansion seams.
9.1.9 When constructing the furnace wall, one shall take care for the clearances at
each part, especially clearance to the heating surface; the allowable deviations of the
main clearances of the furnace wall shall not exceed specifications in Table 9.1.9.
Table 9.1.9 Allowable Deviations of Main Clearance of the Furnace Wall
unit: mm
No. Allowable
Points
deviation
+20
1 Distance from the water-cooling wall pipe center to the furnace wall surface1)
-10
Distance from the over-heater, reheater, coal economizer pipe center to the furnace wall +20
2
surface1) -5
+10
3 Clearance between the steam drum and furnace wall
-5
4 Clearance between the smoke-deflecting wall and side wall surface +5
Clearance between the heating surface pipe and furnace wall at point the heating surface
5 +10
pipe passing the brick furnace wall
6 Distance from lower header of water-cooling wall to the ash chamber’s furnace wall +10
Note: 1) When it is impossible to achieve the allowable deviation due to accumulated error in erection of steel
structure and heating surface, so long that it will not influence the expansion, one can properly reduce the net
distance between the furnace wall and the outer pipe wall, but it shall be no less than 5mm.
9.1.10 For enclosed boiler top with big cover, the erection of the heat-insulation
structure at boiler top wall shall meet the following requirements:
9.1.10.1 The construction of the primary sealing iron sheet at boiler top must be
finished before the over-pressure test of the boiler as a whole, and checked to be
qualified, and go through certificate for hidden engineering;
9.1.10.2 The expansion clearances reserved based on design and seams not allowed
to be welded according to the design shall be packed with refractory alumina silicate
fiber, then construct the refractory concrete or refractory plastic material in
accordance with design (cast material);
9.1.10.3 The welding for secondary sealing cover shall pass overall inspection, and
shall be free from missed welding; the heat insulation in the sealing cover will be
erected according to the design, and will be enclosed after inspection;
9.1.10.4 For the welded seams of big cover, heat insulation can be erected only after
checking it to be qualified by permeating oil; the thickness of the heat insulation layer
shall be based on the design, and the layer shall be tight, flat and with correct
thickness.
9.2 Furnace Wall and Heat Insulation Materials
9.2.1 Before construction of furnace wall and heat insulation structure, for every batch
of raw materials and their products delivered to the site, their quality qualification
certificate shall be first checked before an appearance inspection is carried out; then
each batch shall be inspected through sampling and is approved for use only when
they are accepted as qualified goods; disqualified products are forbidden; the
inspection items shall be determined according to Clause 9.2.2 ~ 9.2.8; and the mode
of inspection will be based on The Technical Requirement and Inspection Method for
Heat-insulation Materials for Thermal Devices and Pipes for Thermal Power Plant
and The Technical Condition and Inspection Method for Refractory Material for
Thermal Power Plant.
9.2.2 The inspection items for the refractory bricks for boiler are as that shown in
Table 9.2.2.
Table 9.2.2 Inspection Items for the Refractory Brick
Refractory Light refractory Common high-alumina
Item
chamotte brick brick
Volume weight 
Al2O3 content  
Refractoriness   
Pressure resistance under normal   
temperature
Thermal vibration steadiness 
Dimensional deviation and requirement on   
appearance
Note:  means items to be inspected, the same in the following.
9.2.3 The items to be inspected for the heat insulation products are as that shown in
Table 9.2.3.
Table 9.2.3 Inspection Items for the Insulation Products
Item Product of expansion Aluminum silicate fiber, Refractory fiber
pearlite, diatomaceous earth, silicate cotton, rock cotton, rope of aluminum
vermiculite, calcium silicate glass cotton product silicate
Volume weight  
Pressure resistance 
Thermal conductivity  
Fire loss 
Water content 
Operation temperature   
Dimensional deviation and
 
requirement on appearance
9.2.4 The items to be inspected for the bulk heat-insulation materials are as that
shown in Table 9.2.4.
Table 9.2.4 Inspection Items for the Bulk Heat-insulation Materials
Expansion pearlite, Aluminum silicate fiber,
diatomaceous
Item diatomaceous earth, silicate cotton, rock cotton,
earth powder, etc.
vermiculite, etc. glass cotton etc. 1)
Volume weight   
Thermal conductivity   
Grainness   (fiber diameter)
Operation temperature   
Note: 1) It is also necessary to check content of slag ball.
9.2.5 The items to be inspected for the refractory grout are as that shown in Table
9.2.5.
Table 9.2.5 Inspection Items for the Refractory Grout
Item Clay type refractory mud Refractory high-alumina mud
Al2O3 content 
Refractoriness  
Fineness  
9.2.6 The grouting agent for various refractory concretes shall meet the following
requirements:
9.2.6.1 The silicate cement, common silicate cement shall meet The Silicate Cement,
Common Silicate Cement (GB175-92), the slag silicate cement shall meet The Slag
Silicate Cement, Volcano Ash Silicate Cement and Fine Coal Ash Silicate Cement
(GB1344-92);
9.2.6.2 The high-alumina cement shall meet The High-alumina Cement (GB201-81);
9.2.6.3 The phosphoric acid shall meet The Industrial Phosphoric Acid (GB2091-92),
it has phosphoric acid of 85%, and when using, it shall be thinned to desired
concentricity by adding water;
9.2.6.4 Water glass (i.e. sodium silicate) shall meet the requirement on four classes of
products in The Sodium Silicate (GB4209-84); its modulus shall be no less than 2.2,
and the specific weight Be (at 20C) shall not be lower than 39.
9.2.7 The aggregates for refractory concrete, generally, shall be clay refractory brick
pieces, sintered clay grog or sintered alumina grog, but for furnace wall at special
positions (e.g. base wall for liquid deslagging furnace, liner for cyclone furnace, etc.)
shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment; the items to be
inspected for various aggregates are shown in Table 9.2.7.
Table 9.2.7 Inspection Items for the Aggregates for Refractory Concrete
Sintered clay sintered alumina
Item Refractory clay brick piece
aggregate aggregate
Volume weight   
Refractoriness   
Grainness   
Al2O3 content   
9.2.8 The silicate cement refractory concrete, slag silicate cement refractory
concrete and water glass refractory concrete shall be added with mixing agents, those
with a fineness less than 0.088 mm shall be more than 70%; other technical conditions
and inspection items for various mixing agents are the same as that for its aggregate.
Note: for the slag silicate cement refractory concrete with a limit using temperature of 700C, if the slag content is
more than 50%, it can go without adding mixing agents.
9.3Construction of Refractory Concrete

9.3.1 Before construction of refractory concrete, specimen with the mixing ratio
specified by the design shall be made and be inspected by a qualified inspection
department; the construction can’t start until it meets Table 9.3.1.
Table 9.3.1 Inspection Items for Specimen of Refractory Concrete
Limit operation
Inspection item Technical requirement
temperature (C)
Volume weight
Pressure resistance under normal Less than or equal to design volume weight
temperature Higher or equal to pressure resistance under
Less or equal to
normal temperature
700C
Higher or equal to 45% pressure resistance
Strength class after being heated to limit under normal temperature
operation temperature and cooled
Volume weight
Residual pressure resistance class normal temperature
a) Refractory concrete with Higher or equal to 30% pressure resistance
900
cement cementing agent under normal temperature without crack
b) Refractory concrete with Higher or equal to 70% pressure resistance
water glass cementing agent under normal temperature without crack
Higher or equal to design specified times
Thermal vibration stability
Volume weight
Residual pressure resistance class normal temperature
(1) Refractory concrete with cement
1200
cementing agent Higher or equal to 30% pressure resistance
1300
under normal temperature without crack
(2) Refractory concrete with water glass Higher or equal to 70% pressure resistance
cementing agent under normal temperature without crack
Higher or equal to design specified times
Thermal vibration stability
Note: One may not take into consideration the fine hair-like crack in the specimen for pressure resistance under
normal temperature
9.3.2 During construction, one can sample the refractory concrete to have test for
pressure resistance under normal temperature and for residual pressure resistance, so
as to verify the construction quality.
9.3.3 The allowable deviation of mixing ratio for refractory concrete shall meet the
9.3.3.1 Cement and mixing agents  2%;
9.3.3.2 Coarse and fine aggregate  5%.
9.3.4 The material and specifications for steel bars used in the refractory concrete
shall strictly be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment; for the
steel bars and iron pieces buried into the refractory concrete, oily dirt and ash stains
shall be removed and coated with asphalt.
9.3.5 The form boards for refractory concretes shall meet the following requirements:
9.3.5.1 The downward base form board shall be solid, free from settlement and
deformation, and its flatness deviation shall be no more than 2.5 mm/m, not more than
10 mm for the whole length;
9.3.5.2 The surface of a form board shall be smooth, and the joints shall be tight;
9.3.5.3 It shall have isolating measure between a form board and refractory concrete;
before casting concrete, the form board shall be moistened.
9.3.6 The preparation of refractory concrete shall meet the following requirements:
9.3.6.1 The aggregates with diameter of 8mm above generally shall be sprayed with
water and smoldered 4 hours in advance (except for sintered alumina grog);
9.3.6.2 The water grout ratio for refractory concrete shall be strictly controlled;
when manual temping way is used, it shall be 50 ~ 60mm; for special points, e.g.
where pipes passing wall intensively, the water grout ratio can be adjusted properly;
9.3.6.3 The storing time for prepared alumina cement refractory concrete generally
shall be no more than 0.5h, and that for silicate cement refractory concrete generally
shall be no more than 1h.
9.3.7 The pouring of refractory concrete shall meet the following requirements:
9.3.7.1 The foreign matters at the construction points shall be removed;
9.3.7.2 The temping shall be even and intensive;
9.3.7.3 The refractory concrete generally shall be constructed continuously; if it
does need to interrupt the construction, the interval time shall not exceed the
preliminary condensing time of the concrete layer poured last; when continuing the
pouring, one shall first frost the poured concrete surface and clean it, and spray it with
water;
9.3.7.4 When pouring refractory concrete on heat-insulation concrete, it shall be
done after the curing time period of the heat-insulation concrete completes;
9.3.7.5 During the erection, when the joining seam of refractory concrete is more
than 20 mm, one shall replenish concrete, before which, concrete shall be replenished.
The steel bars in the original concrete shall be cleaned to make them exposed before
replenishing the concrete.
9.3.8 The curing of refractory concrete shall meet the following requirements:
9.3.8.1 The curing rule for refractory concrete shall follow Table 9.3.8.1:
Table 9.3.8.1The Curing Rule for Refractory Concrete

Type Curing Curing Curing Time from pouring to
environment temperature (C) days starting the curing (h)
Silicate cement refractory Damp curing 15~25 >7 12
concrete
Slag silicate cement 15~25 > 14 12
Damp curing
refractory concrete
Alumina cement refractory 15~25 >3 12
Damp curing
concrete
Water glass refractory 15~30 7 ~ 14 -
Natural curing
concrete
Phosphoric acid refractory >20 3~7 -
Natural curing
concrete
9.3.8.2 When refractory concrete with cement cementing agent is to be constructed
at a curing temperature higher than that in Clause 9.8.3.1, it shall be cured by spraying
water 3 ~ 4h after pouring, and for alumina cement refractory concrete, measures shall
be taken to decrease the temperature;
9.3.8.3 After the phosphoric acid refractory concrete is shaped, it can be baked and
treated under high temperature directly in accordance with The Technical Instructions
for Production and Construction for Clay and High-alumina Refractory Concrete
(from the Ministry of Metallurgy Industry);
9.3.8.4 During construction and before baking and heat treatment, the phosphoric
acid and water glass refractory concrete shall not be damped and rained.
9.3.9 Under normal curing condition, the allowable time for removing the templates
for refractory concrete are: not less than one day and night for alumina cement
refractory concrete; not less than 3 day and nights for silicate cement refractory
concrete and slag silicate cement refractory concrete; after removing the templates, if
one finds slight defect, he shall repair that timely.
9.3.10 For construction of phosphoric acid refractory concrete, in addition to above,
it shall also meet the following requirements:
9.3.10.1 If strength under normal temperature is not required for phosphoric acid
refractory concrete, accelerant shall be used as less as possible or not use; when using
alumina cement accelerant, the use amount shall not exceed 3%;
9.3.10.2 The material mixing generally is divided into three operations as mixing,
smoldering and secondary mixing, for the first mixing, one shall add about half the
phosphoric acid needed, and smolder it for at least 16h, and the mixing agents with
accelerant added shall be used up in 20 ~ 30min.
9.3.11 For construction of water glass refractory concrete, in addition to above, it
9.3.11.1 Priority for accelerant shall be given to sodium fluosilicate, and its use
volume is 8% ~ 15% of water glass used; when using silicate cement as accelerant,
the use volume shall be 8% ~ 12% of water glass used;
9.3.11.2 The mixing agents with accelerant added shall be used up in 30min.
9.3.12 The application of plastic material shall meet the following requirements:
9.3.12.1 The storage of refractory plastic material shall strictly follow the
requirements on storage from the manufacturer, the packing bag shall not break; for
the refractory plastic material exceeding the storage period, one shall re-inspect and
analyze it, and use it until its material performance is confirmed to meet requirements;
9.3.12.2 Before construction of refractory plastic material, spot inspection shall be
checked and all technical specifications of the material shall be checked; all kinds of
refractory plastic materials can only be used at points suitable for their operation
temperatures respectively;
9.3.12.3 During the construction of refractory plastic material, it shall be temped
tightly; if it has special requirements according to the design (e.g. to leave exhaustion
hole, etc.), the design requirements shall be followed;
9.3.12.4 The temping of refractory plastic material shall be conducted continuously,
if the construction is interrupted, the surface shall be covered to be temped with
plastic cloth, in case that it will dehydrated and become hardened; when the
interruption time is long, before continuing the construction, the dehydrated layer on
the surface shall be first scraped away to be temped, and it is not allowable to use
hardened material;
9.3.12.5 The refractory plastic material with big area for temping shall be furnished
with non-through expansion seams.
9.4Construction of Heat-insulation Concrete

9.4.1 No matter what formulation is used, before construction, one shall measure the
volume weight and test the pressure resistance under normal temperature; when
preparing heat-insulation concrete with new material, the thermal conductivity,
operation temperature and dry shrinkage, etc. shall be additionally tested, and it can
not be put into use until it is verified to be acceptable by a qualified inspection
department.
9.4.2 During construction, specimen shall be made to make test on the pressure
resistance under normal temperature and volume weight, so as to verify the
construction quality of the heat-insulation concrete.
9.4.3 The construction place for heat-insulation concrete shall be maintained clean,
dry, so as to guarantee good adhesion; the heat-insulation concrete shall be poured as
it is mixed, and the storage time shall generally be not more than 1h.
9.4.4 The heat-insulation concrete shall be temped evenly, and the surface shall be
flat and without any crack.
9.4.5 When the heat-insulation concrete is to be poured on refractory concrete, this
can not be done until the refractory concrete passes a curing time of more than 24h;
when the heat-insulation concrete is poured on refractory concrete, anti-water layer
shall be used to separate them, in case that it will lose too much water hence strength
decreases after pouring the heat-insulation concrete.
9.4.6 Generally, no expansion seams will be reserved for heat-insulation concrete,
when replenishing heat-insulation concrete, the bulk concrete at surfaces on the
previous seams shall be removed and be poured wet with water.
9.4.7 The curing rule for heat-insulation concrete will be used in maintaining the
cement used in accordance with Table 9.3.8.1 The curing rule for refractory concrete.
9.5 Framework Type Refractory Concrete Furnace wall

9.5.1 For the construction of the framework type refractory concrete furnace wall, in
addition to Clause 9.3 and 9.4 of this Code, it shall also meet the following
requirements:
9.5.1.1 The positions for steel bars shall be exact, and it shall have a protective layer
of enough thickness—generally, not less than 25mm—from the steel bars to the
surface facing to fire;
When pouring and temping concrete, the bulk concrete at surfaces on the previous
seams shall be removed and be poured wet with water; the expansion seams of the
refractory concrete layer shall enable complete separation of concrete, but not string
together;
9.5.1.2 The refractory concrete at the pulling hooks and brackets shall be thickened;
9.5.1.3 During construction of concrete, involvement line shall be led from the
network of steel bars, so as to connect with wire netting outside.
9.5.2 After construction of framework type furnace wall, it shall meet the following
requirements according to visual inspection:
9.5.2.1 It has no crack in the surface of refractory concrete (except for hair-like
crack);
9.5.2.2 The surface of refractory concrete shall be flat and smooth, and shall not
have such defects as celnularity and pitting surface;
9.5.2.3 The outline dimensional deviation of refractory concrete assembly generally
shall be, -5+3 in length and width direction, and the difference in two diagonal lines
shall be no more than 8mm.
9.5.3 Such allowable deviations for framework type furnace wall in flatness,
thickness and flatness and verticality after aligning shall meet the requirements of
Table 9.5.3.
Table 9.5.3 Allowable Deviations for Framework Type Furnace Wall
unit: mm
No. Inspection item Technical requirement Allowable deviation
1 Flatness Not more than per meter 3
Not more than per two meters 5
2 Levelness
Not more than for the whole length 10
Not more than per meter 3
3 Verticality
Not more than for the whole height of the wall 15
Refractory concrete layer 5
4 Thickness
The whole wall  10
9.6Furnace Wall in Which Tubes Laid

9.6.1 For the erection of the furnace wall in which tubes are laid, in addition to
Clause 9.3 and 9.4 of this Code, it shall also meet the following requirements:
9.6.1.1 The erection of fixing iron pieces (e.g. hook nails, bolts, etc.) of the furnace
wall in which tubes are laid shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the
equipment, and it is forbidden to lay fixing iron pieces at the bending points of pipes;
9.6.1.2 The wire netting of the furnace wall in which tubes are laid shall be firmly
connected with the burner, holes and doors, etc., and the wire netting shall be
connected into an integral body;
9.6.1.3 When the furnace wall in which tubes laid uses forming heat-insulation
material (except for products of mineral fiber material), grout must be laid or fill the
seams with fiber, and the grout shall be plump and even; when the furnace wall in
which tubes laid is constructed by casting, the water added and compression ratio for
the temping shall be strictly controlled;
9.6.1.4 Connection allowance shall be reserved for the combined wire netting
surrounding a furnace wall in which tubes are laid;
9.6.1.5 The pressing cover or threaded cap for the fixing iron piece for the furnace
wall in which tubes laid shall be pressed firmly, and the fixing iron piece shall not be
15mm higher than the main heat-insulation layer.
9.6.2 The supplementary pouring after the furnace wall in which tubes are laid is put
in place shall meet the following requirements:
9.6.2.1 The adjacent wire nettings shall be firmly connected (the inner layer of wire
netting shall be connected by welding);
9.6.2.2 The concrete surface where to carry out supplementary pouring shall be
cleaned, and moistened by water, the complementarily poured concrete shall be
temped carefully, and shall be cured as required;
9.6.2.3 When it is difficult to carry out supplementary pouring, one can properly
increase the water-grout ration, and the slump is 70 ~ 80 mm and the grainness of
aggregates can be reduced..
9.6.3 The base wall of liquid deslagging furnace shall meet the following
requirements:
9.6.3.1 That it has no rust or foreign matters at the construction points at bottom of the
furnace must be sure, and anti-corrosion measures have been taken for the pipes;
9.6.3.2 The expansion seams of the base wall of liquid deslagging furnace shall be
reserved correctly in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment, and
the expansion seams for refractory concrete for different layers shall be misaligned;
9.6.3.3 The slope of surface for refractory concrete must be guaranteed.
9.6.4 The erection of the furnace wall for satellite combustion belt shall meet the
9.6.4.1 The diameter, length and laying density of gripping nails shall be in
9.6.4.2 The rust on the surface of pipes at satellite combustion belt shall be removed,
and non-diaphragm wall pipes shall be inserted with refractory materials to separate;
it is strictly forbidden to connect the satellite combustion belt with the outer wall.
9.6.5 The allowable deviations in flatness and thickness for the furnace wall in
which tubes are laid are shown in Table 9.6.5.
Table 9.6.5 Allowable Deviations for Furnace wall in which Tubes are Laid
mm
1 Flatness after plastering surface Not more than per meter 5
Single layer 5
2 Thickness +15
The whole wall
-10
9.7 Light Masonry Furnace wall

9.7.1 The grout for masonry furnace wall shall meet the following requirements:
9.7.1.1 For furnace wall, grouts in Table 9.7.1.1 shall be used depending on the types
of masonry:
Table 9.7.1.1 Grouts for Furnace wall
No. Name of masonry Name of grout
1 Clay refractory brick Clay chamotte grout
2 High-alumina brick High-alumina chamotte grout
3 Light refractory brick Clay chamotte grout
Diatomaceous earth raw meal grout, diatomaceous earth raw meal-raw clay
Diatomaceous earth,
4 grout, diatomaceous earth raw meal-diatomaceous earth clinker grout, asbestos
pearlite, vermiculite brick
diatomaceous earth grout
9.7.1.2 The max. grain size of grout shall be less than 50% of the seams between
bricks;
9.7.1.3 The refractory grout mixed manually shall be soaked one day and night by
water;
9.7.1.4 The viscosity of grout shall be selected based on the seams between bricks;
9.7.1.5 The grout shall be clean, but have no foreign matters and inflammable
articles.
9.7.2 The general requirements for masonry for boiler are:
9.7.2.1 The allowable deviations in seams between bricks for masonry are shown in
Table 9.7.2.1;
Table 9.7.2.1 Allowable Deviations in Seams between Bricks
Defined seam Max. allowable seam No. of seams per

Name of bricking between bricks between bricks (mm) square meter
(mm)
Refractory brick wall for combustion
2 3 5
chamber, over-heater
Refractory brick wall for coal
3 4 8
economizer
Wall of heat-isolation layer 5 7 10
9.7.2.2 For the refractory brick in the furnace wall, broken brick with a length less
than 1/3 shall not be used; for each layer, the amount of broken brick with a length
higher than 1/3 shall be no more than 3;
9.7.2.3 When cutting bricks, special tool or machine instead of hand hammer shall be
used; the surface of broken brick shall be ground flat, and the broken surface and
point with notch(s) shall not be masoned in the surface facing the fire;
9.7.2.4 For laying bricks, generally the turnout left shall be in step type, but not
joints of vertical and tooth shape; only when masoning combined bricks, it is
permitted to leave tooth shaped joints with 1/4 ~1/2 brick length;
9.7.2.5 When masoning refractory bricks on beam, carrier frame or refractory
concrete, it is permissible to align with small amount of refractory plastic material, but
not use soft and loose material to fill the bottom;
9.7.2.6 When laying bricks, the grout seams must be misaligned and seams shall be
pressed, it shall have no vertical through seams between upper and lower layers; when
laying bricks in several layers, it shall not have through seams inside and outside; the
grout of the brick seams must be plump and even;
9.7.2.7 When masoning the brick wall, one shall remove the grout extruded out from
the wall surface from time to time; it shall have no accumulated ash or other foreign
matters in the refractory wall which will block the wall and pipe;
9.7.2.8 Unless specially specified in the technical documents of the equipment,
generally, for the inner wall of refractory bricks and outer wall of heat-insulation
bricks, it is not allowed to have involvement masoning;
9.7.2.9 When laying heat-insulation bricks, for some individual points with notch(s)
or fragment, they shall be filled tightly with grout and small pieces of heat-insulation
materials, the flatness deviation of heat-insulation wall surface shall be no more than
5 mm/m.
9.7.3 The laying of draw-hook bricks shall meet the following requirements:
9.7.3.1 The two draw-hook bricks opposite to each other must be aligned each other,
and its surface facing fire shall be in the same plane with the wall where they are;
9.7.3.2 The end facing fire of draw-hook brick shall be slightly lower, generally it
would better be –10 mm;
9.7.3.3 The clearance between draw-hook bricks and gas pipes shall be filled with
heat-insulation fillers.
9.7.4 When laying the refractory bricks on the brick-supporting board, it shall meet
9.7.4.1 The wall surfaces of refractory bricks upper and lower the brick-supporting
board shall be in the same plane; and for a furnace wall with combined bricks, the
misalignment between the wall surfaces upper and lower the brick-supporting board
shall be no more than 10 mm;
9.7.4.2 In between the profiled bricks at lower place and the brick-supporting board
and at rear of the profiled bricks, wet heat-insulation fillers shall be filled.
9.7.5 When building the furnace wall at drag hook and latch hook of water-cooling
wall, it shall meet the following requirements:
9.7.5.1 The brick wall shall not block the water-cooling wall’s ear board or influence
the expansion in water-cooling wall;
9.7.5.2 The points near to the drag hook and latch hook shall be carefully filled with
heat-insulation filler.
9.7.6 The masoning of the round arch of the burner shall meet the following
requirements:
9.7.6.1 Before masoning, test match for the arch bricks shall be first had;
9.7.6.2 The allowable deviation and elevation is of the round arch is 5 mm;
9.7.6.3 The extending line of the brick seam for the round arch shall pass the circle
center;
9.7.6.4 When constructing the upper and lower half round arch, the bricks adjacent
to the round arch must be laid at the same time.
9.7.7 The masoning of the arch shall meet the following requirements:
9.7.7.1 The masoning shall be started from both ends toward the center;
9.7.7.2 The extending line of the brick seam for the arch shall pass the circle center;
9.7.7.3 The number of bricks for the arch shall be odd;
9.7.7.4 After masoning the arch, for arch with a span more than 600 mm, the arch
support can only be dismantled at least after 2 ~ 3 hours;
9.7.7.5 The height deviation for arch is 5 mm.
9.7.8 When continuing to lay bricks on the arch, one shall first lay vertical bricks,
whose lower end shall be seamed based on the arc of the arch, and the height of the
vertical brick shall be more than 1/3 brick length, and be consistent with the
horizontal brick seam in corresponding brick layer.
9.7.9 The masoning of suspended bricks shall meet the following requirements:
9.7.9.1 The flatness deviation of suspended bricks shall be no more than 4 mm;
9.7.9.2 When cutting profiled bricks, never weaken the strength at the main force
carrying points, when dressing the hanging holes for suspended bricks, never make
the fitting clearance be more than 5mm.
9.7.10 The masoning of the slant guard plate wall shall meet the following
requirements:
9.7.10.1 Never level the furnace wall by filling grout;
9.7.10.2 The flatness deviation of the slant guard plate wall shall be no more than 4
mm/m.
9.7.11 The masoning of the brick wall for the ash chamber shall meet the following
requirements:
9.7.11.1 The refractory bricks above the water spraying unit of the ash chamber shall
project from the wall surface;
9.7.11.2 The bricks of the slope section for the ash chamber shall not be laid along
the slope direction.
9.7.12 The expansion seam of the brick wall and clearance at different parts shall
meet Clause 9.1.7 and 9.1.8.
9.7.13 The allowable deviation of flatness, levelness, verticality and thickness for
the brick wall shall meet the requirements of Table 9.7.13
Table 9.7.13 Allowable Deviations for Brick Wall

unit: mm
1 Flatness Not more than per meter 3
Not more than per two meters 5
2 Levelness
Not more than for the whole length 10
Not more than per meter 3
3 Verticality
Not more than for the whole height of the wall 15
4 Thickness The whole wall  10
9.8 Construction of the Guard Layer for the Furnace wall

9.8.1 This section is applicable to the erection and acceptance of the plastering,
coating sealing and sticking of glass fiber cloth, etc. in boiler wall.
9.8.2 The wire netting used for the boiler wall shall be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment, if the technical documents have no such
requirements, generally, one can use Zn-plated wire netting with free joints in
diameter of 1.6mm, mesh 20 mm × 20 mm, so as to make it easy for heat expansion

in boiler wall; the laying of wire netting shall meet Clause 9.9.7.
9.8.3 For the plastering of furnace wall, in addition to Clause 9.9.8, it shall also
9.8.3.1 After plastering, the fixing iron pieces of the furnace wall in which tubes are
laid shall not expose, and the plastering layer of the bricked wall of the framework
shall not hinder the erection of guard plates;
9.8.3.2 If one uses plastered surface as a protective layer for the furnace wall in which
tubes are laid, then after the plastered surface is dried preliminarily, he shall engrave
expansion seams in squares of about 1.5 m or in shape of “I”.
9.8.4 The sticking of glass fiber cloth in boiler wall shall meet the
Following requirements:
9.8.4.1 The boiler surface shall be dry and clean;
9.8.4.2 The storage temperature for polyvinyl acetate is 10 ~ 40C, before
construction, one shall dilute it with water of a temperature more than 10C (in a
volume of 20% ~ 40% of the emulsion); when the emulsion temperature is lower than
10C, it shall not be used, but shall be heated until 30 ~ 40C;
9.8.4.3 The sticking of glass fiber cloth shall be conducted under a emulsion
temperature of 30 ~ 40C, and one shall discharge air in a timely manner; after
construction, the glass fiber cloth shall be flat and free from wrinkles;
9.8.4.4 It is required to brush on the plastered surface and glass fiber cloth a layer of
polyvinyl acetate emulsion respectively, and it is required to be even;
9.8.4.5 It is strictly forbidden to freeze the polyvinyl acetate emulsion during
transportation and storage, and it is strictly forbidden to use frozen and agglomerated
emulsion;
9.8.4.6 For glass fiber cloth containing wax, before using, it shall first soaked in
water and the wax be removed, only after that, can it be used.
9.9 Heat Insulation for Thermal Devices and Pipes

9.9.1 The erection of heat-insulation for devices and pipes shall be provided with
the following preconditions:
9.9.1.1 The devices and pipes needing heat insulation shall have been erected, and
are qualified according to welding inspection and tightness test;
9.9.1.2 The devices and pipes with pre-heat insulation shall have welded seams
reserved or have test on welded seams by permeating oil;
9.9.1.3 The dust, oil dirt, rust and other foreign matters on the devices and pipe
surfaces have been removed; if the design specifies to brush anti-corrosion inhibitor, it
can not be constructed until the anti-corrosion inhibitor becomes completely dry.
9.9.2 The erection of the fixtures, bearing parts used for heat-insulation for devices
and pipes shall meet the following requirements:
9.9.2.1 The hook nails and pins for the heat insulation layer, if there is no design
requirement, one can use 3 ~ 6 mm Zn-plated iron thread or low-sulfur round steel to
make, and weld them directly on the carbon steel devices or pipes, and the interval in
between shall be no more than 350 mm; the amount of the hook nails and pins,
generally, shall be no less than 6 per square meet in the vertical surface, and not less
than 8 per square meter for base surface;
9.9.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, for the bearing parts for the heat-insulation of the
vertical pipes and devices, bearing brackets shall be provided about every 3m, and its
width can be slightly less than the thickness of the main heat-insulation layer; the
bearing brackets shall not be erected on the welded seams or attachments, and the ring
surface of the brackets shall be level, the deviation shall be no more than 10 mm;
when it is not permitted to weld directly on the devices or pipes, anchor ear type
bearing brackets shall be employed, and in between the anchor ears and the devices or
pipes, heat insulation plates shall be used to separate them, and shall be tightened
firmly.
9.9.3 The erection of the main heat-insulation layer with shaped heat-insulation
materials shall meet the following requirements:
9.9.3.1 When the thickness of the main heat-insulation layer is more than 100 mm, it
shall be divided into different layers; the heat-insulation layers shall be tightly spliced,
for the first layer, the seams shall be misaligned, and for the second layer, the seams
shall be pressed; for the heat-insulation installations at the four corners of square
device, the seams shall be packed with soft high-temperature heat-insulation materials,
and the binding shall be firm;
9.9.3.2 For the main heat-insulation layer at the angle fittings of high-temperature
pipes, expansion seams of 20 ~ 30 mm shall be reserved, and shall be packed with
heat-insulation materials of good resilience;
9.9.3.3 The heat-insulation at the telescopic joints and sliding supports of pipes shall
have enough clearance reserved in expansion direction;
9.9.3.4 The heat-insulation at flange disk shall have enough distance reserved for
dismantling bolts;
9.9.3.5 Any points that may hinder expansion (e.g. where pipes passing the platform)
shall have clearance reserved in direction of expansion;
9.9.3.6 Proper clearance shall be reserved between heat-insulation layers for pipes
with different expansion directions or media temperatures;
9.9.3.7 The positions of welded seams for the main water supply pipes, main steam
pipes and re-heating steam pipes shall be clearly marked outside the protective layer;
9.9.3.8 The weight of the heat-insulation layer for pipes and devices shall meet
design requirement, and one shall avoid too much load on the supports, and the
weight deviation shall be no more than 10% of the original design value;
9.9.4 When using mineral fiber hard boards, semi-hard boards or seamed cushions
as the main heat-insulation layers, during the erection, it shall meet the following
requirements:
9.9.4.1 For single layer of heat-insulation installation, seams shall be misaligned, for
double layers, the seams shall be pressed, the seaming joints shall be flat and
intensive;
9.9.4.2 No matter what kind of fixing way is used for the main heat-insulation layer,
it must be fixed firmly.
9.9.5 When using bulk materials as direct packing for heat-insulation layer, it shall
9.9.5.1 The heat-insulation materials shall be evenly packed, and the volume weight
shall meet design specifications:
9.9.5.2 The wire netting (or galvanized (sheet) iron) for binding the heat-insulation
materials shall be correct, so as to guarantee the thickness of the heat-insulation
materials (the galvanized iron shall be tightly installed);
9.9.5.3 Reliable technical measures shall be taken to prevent the heat-insulation
materials from settling.
9.9.6 The heat-insulation for turbine cylinder shall strictly be in accordance with the
technical documents of the equipment and The Technical Condition for Heat
Insulation for Turbine (GB7520-87), and one shall never change the structure of the
heat-insulation installation, material and thickness, the heat-insulation at bolted
connection parts for upper and lower cylinders shall be easy to disassemble; when
fixing heat-insulation hooks on cylinders or valves and making heat-insulation for
turbine devices and pipes, it shall meet technically Clause 8.2.4 and 8.2.5 The Code of
Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Turboset).
9.9.7 The binding of Zn-plated wire netting for the main heat-insulation layer shall
9.9.7.1 Two wire nettings shall be butted;
9.9.7.2 The wire nettings shall be firmly tightened with hook nails, and stick firmly
on the heat-insulation layers;
9.9.7.3 After construction, it shall have no broken wire heads exposing on the wire
netting surface, and shall have no bulge and hollow layer.
9.9.8 The erection of the plastered layer shall meet the following requirements:
9.9.8.1 The plastered layer shall be conducted in two times, the second time shall be
conducted only after the first run is dried slightly; for the first run, it is required to
level and press and extrude tightly, and for the second run, it is required to press flat
and smooth;
9.9.8.2 For supplementary plastering, joining or when a long time elapses before
carrying out the second run, the original plastered layer shall be first frosted and
moistened with a small amount of water. Only after that, can the erection be
proceeded;
9.9.8.3 For plastered layer at supporting hanger of high-temperature pipe, expansion
seams shall be reserved; when plastering surface for large high-temperature devices,
square or ring type expansion seams on the plastered surfaces depending on the
expansion shall be left; the expansion seams shall better be 5 ~ 10 mm;
9.9.8.4 The surface of plastered layer shall be flat and smooth, and the angles are tidy,
the flatness shall be no more than 3 mm/m, under cold state, the surface shall have no
cracks (except for small hair-like cracks).
9.9.9 When using metallic cover casing (thin Zn-plated iron sheet, thin alloy
aluminum sheet, etc.) as heat-insulation layer, it shall meet the following
requirements:
9.9.9.1 The cover casing shall tightly stick to the main heat-insulation layer, and
shall be overlapped firmly;
9.9.9.2 The hoop overlapping joints shall be downwards, and the direction of
adjacent overlapping joints shall be in the same direction of the slope of pipe (or
device); the length of hoop overlapping joint or adjacent overlapping joint shall be no
less than 25 mm.
9.9.10 For parts needing frequent maintenance or monitoring, e.g. creep expansion
monitoring section, creep expansion measuring point, flow unit, flange, valve and
telescope joints, etc., removable heat-insulation structure shall be used.
9.10 Construction of Paint
9.10.1 For the erection of paint on devices and pipes as well as on their
heat-insulation surfaces, in addition to specifications in this section, concerned
instructions and regulations issued by the government shall be observed.
9.10.2 The paint for devices, pipes and metallic structures shall be conducted after the
erection of the concerned part is completed, and the paint on heat-insulation surface
shall be conducted after the heat-insulation materials become dry.
9.10.3 The color of the paint for devices, pipes and metallic structures shall be in
accordance with the design and concerned specification, if the design has not clear
specification, one can refer to Appendix I of The Code of Erection and Acceptance of
Electric Power Construction (Section of Turboset).
9.10.4 Before brushing paint, paint color sample shall be prepared. Only when the
color and quality meet requirement, large amount paint can be prepared and the
construction can go on.
9.10.5 Following requirements shall be satisfied when coating paint on metal
surfaces:
9.10.5.1 The oily dirt, dust and rust on the metal surface must have been removed;
9.10.5.2 A layer of anti-rust paint must be coated first on the metal surface;
9.10.5.3 When brushing several layers, one must observe the drying time necessary
for each layer, and the joint between layers shall be tight, it shall have no lamination;
9.10.5.4 After brushing, the color on surface shall be even and consistent, and it shall
have no spot sign that is through to the bottom, and it shall have such defects as
stripping, wrinkles, flowing sign, floating film, paint particle and obvious mark of
brushing, etc.
9.10.6 Following requirements shall be satisfied when coating paint on surfaces of
heat-insulation layer:
9.10.6.1 The accumulated ash and ash scar on the surfaces of heat-insulation layer
shall be removed clearly, and the cracks shall be replenished level and polished;
9.10.6.2 After brushing paint, the surface shall meet Clause 9.10.5.4.
9.10.7 The erection of paint shall be done under a relative dry climatic condition; for
an already erected paint surface, before drying, paint color sample shall be prepared.
Only when the color and quality meet requirement, large amount paint can be
prepared and the construction can go on.
9.10.8 After brushing the last run of paint, generally, drier shall not be added in the
paint.
9.11 Winter Construction

9.11.1 Any construction conducted under an average temperature lower than 5C
outdoor in an overnight and the lowest temperature lower than -3C is called winter
construction; however, for a temperature lower than 7C for refractory concrete with
cement cementing agent, and a temperature lower than 10C for phosphoric acid
refractory concrete and water glass refractory concrete, it is also regarded as winter
construction.
9.11.2 The refractory products and powder, aggregates for preparing refractory
concrete shall be pre-heated to be above 0C. For refractory grout and heat-insulation
grout, it shall not be lower than 5C, when heating various materials, one shall avoid
deterioration.
9.11.3 Anti-cold and heating measures shall be employed for winter construction, and
one shall not proceed until he makes sure that the average temperature at the
construction point and surrounding is up to 5C.
9.11.4 The following requirements shall be satisfied for winter construction for
refractory concrete, heat-insulation concrete, plastering grout and grout for masonry:
9.11.4.1 For refractory concrete with cement cementing agent and heat-insulation
concrete, one can use heat-accumulating way or heating way (current heating, steam
heating, etc.), during the heating, for common cement and slag cement refractory
concrete as well as heat-insulation concrete, it shall be no more than 60C; when
using steam curing, it shall be no more than 85 ~ 90 C; and it shall be no more than
30 C for alumina refractory concrete and heat-insulation concrete;
9.11.4.2 For water glass or phosphoric acid refractory concrete, only dry heating way
can be used to heat, and when heating water glass, the temperature shall be no more
than 60C;
9.11.4.3 No chemical accelerant shall be added for refractory concrete with cement
cementing agent, heat-insulation concrete, plastering grout and grout for masonry.
9.11.5 For refractory concrete and heat-insulation concrete, it is strictly forbidden to
get frozen after curing and plastering but before drying.

9.12.1 The erection record and certificate items of to the boiler wall, thermal devices
and pipe heat-insulation, paint coating, etc.:
9.12.1.1 Report on formulation and inspection before and during construction for
refractory concrete, heat-insulation concrete and plastering material for boiler wall;
9.12.1.2 Record on expansion seams and clearances for main parts of boiler wall;
9.12.1.3 Certificate about checking the hidden engineering;
9.12.1.4 Report on mixing ratio and test for plastering grout for heat-insulation for the
pipes and devices.
9.12.2 Acceptance of boiler wall and heat-insulation engineering under hot state, for
boiler set of 670t/h and above, during the full-load commissioning, its surrounding
and top, main steam pipe, outlet pipe of reheating steam, hot air channel,
heat-insulation layer of flue or surface of metal cover casing, etc. shall be inspect
under hot state., the inspection criteria for that will be based on The Technical
Management Rule for Electric Power Industry, i.e. when the ambient temperature is
25C, the temperature at heat-insulation surface shall be no more than 50C.
10 Start-up Commissioning and Acceptance for Boiler Set
10.1.1 The start-up commissioning and acceptance for boiler set shall follow “The
Start-up and Completion Acceptance Instructions for Basic Construction Works for
Thermal Power Plant” and specifications in this chapter.
10.1.2 Before start-up commissioning for boiler set, one shall make up the program
and measures for start-up commissioning based on instructions issued by the Ministry
and design documents of the power plant and the technical documents of the
equipment.
10.1.3 Before an overall starting-up of the entire boiler set, one must first complete
the sub-item commissioning for all systems of boiler and adjustment and testing
(including the sub-item commissioning for the boiler’s auxiliary machines and
attachments; flushing or chemical cleaning of the water supply system; baking and
chemical cleaning for the boiler; purging for the boiler and its main steam, re-heating
steam pipe system; tightness test for boiler steam and adjustment in relief valve;
adjustment and testing for the thermal measuring, controlling and protecting system
for the boiler, etc.).
10.1.4 The operations in the commissioning process of different phases for the boiler
shall be done in accordance with the start-up commissioning adjustment program,
measures and operation instructions that have been ratified and specifications in this
chapter.
10.1.5 Before commissioning of boiler set, any civil building and erection work
concerning with the test-run set shall be basically completed in accordance with the
design, and shall satisfy the following on-site conditions:
10.1.5.1 It has reliable insulation or separation from the set under construction and
concerned systems;
10.1.5.2 It has no possibility for rain and snow comes into the facility, and for
boiler and its auxiliary devices placed in an open space, it has provided reliable
anti-rain measures;
10.1.5.3 Depending on the local climatic features and freezing degree, it shall have
anti-freezing measures for the devices, pipes and instruments circuits, and for special
devices, it shall be provided with anti-freezing and temperature-dropping measures;
10.1.5.4 The water supply and drainage channels shall be unobstructed, so as to
meet the requirement for water supply and drainage;
10.1.5.5 The scaffold hindering passage and being in risk of firing as well as the
obstructions have been removed, the covers for ditches, ladder platform rails shall be
complete, and the ground shall be flat and clean, the operators can pass safely;
10.1.5.6 There shall be adequate and reliable lighting, communication and fire
fighting facilities, and the fire-fight channel is unobstructed.
10.2 Essentials for Commissioning of Boiler
10.2.1 The set will be started as a whole, before firing the boiler, for a boiler with
steam drum, one shall have tightness water-pressure test with the working pressure of
the steam drum; for a monotube boiler, one shall have tightness water-pressure test
with the working pressure at outlet of the overheater (the re-heater and its pipes can
go without this test); at this time, as the valves and pipes and components didn’t take
part in the overpressure water-pressure test, the following also shall be checked;
before firing the boiler, the quality of water supply shall be qualified water passing
chemically treatment, and the temperature and time for water supply can follow the
instructions for boiler operation or the technical documents of the equipment; after the
water-pressure test, one shall flush the sampling pipes, dirt-exhausting pipes, water
drainage tube and instrument tubes with the pressure of water in the boiler (but not
lower than 50% of the working pressure), so as to guarantee that they are
unobstructed.
10.2.2 Before firing and increasing pressure of the boiler, in addition to overall
inspection in accordance with the operation instructions and commissioning measures,
one shall also emphatically check the follows:
10.2.2.1 The water level mark for water gage shall be clear, in correct position, and
the lighting is sound, the power supply is reliable; the water level can be seen clearly;
and in the control room, one can reliably monitor the water level of the steam drum;
10.2.2.2 The necessary thermal instruments and their protecting and monitoring
systems have been calibrated, and can put into use;
10.2.2.3 The expansion clearances at all points shall be correct, and it will not have
any blockage for expansion displacement; the expansion indicators are correctly and
firmly installed, and have been adjusted to their zero positions under cold state;
10.2.2.4 The erection of explosion-proof doors for the boiler and powder-making
system shall meet technical requirements, can act reliably; when they act, the gas
injected will not burn the workers and cause fire;
10.2.2.5 The rotary machines (including rotary air preheater) shall have passed
sub-item commissioning, and have gone through tests on actions for Failure button,
interlocking and protection devices, etc.;
10.2.2.6 To have tests and adjustment on mechanical driving devices and their
protection units;
10.2.2.7 To have operation test on the adjusting mechanism for the burner, it shall
act flexibly, and the actual position shall be consistent with external indication; for
swing burner, the swing of the four corners shall be synchronous;
10.2.2.8 To have operation test on the igniter, the actuator shall be flexible and
reliable, and the firing performance shall be sound, the position shall be proper;
10.2.2.9 To have operation test on the quick releasing valve for fuel (gas), all
electric valves, remote operating devices for thermal units, the closing shall be tight,
travels are adequate, and the position indications shall be correct;
10.2.2.10 To purge the fuel tube with steam, and then have oil-on test; the
quick-release valves and regulating valves shall be flexible and reliable, the oil
temperature and pressure are as required, the system shall be tight and free from
leakage; to have air tightness test on the fuel tube, temporary filters shall be added, so
as to guarantee that the pipes are unobstructed;
10.2.2.11 To check and test oil (gas) gun, check its assembling quality, check
visually the atomization of the oil gun; to have test on firing outside the boiler for gas
gun; for fuel boiler and monotube boiler, their force output characteristic shall be
mastered;
10.2.2.12 To check and test the actions of accident lighting, over-travel alarm and
various protective systems of the boiler;
10.2.2.13 To have max. water throughput test at the same time for concerned
industrial-water and cooling-water systems for a new boiler;
10.2.2.14 To simulate the operation conditions, have ventilation test for the boiler’s
smoke air system and powder making system, and check the indications of baffles and
meters, correctness of the baffle’s switching directions and indications of meters,
flexibility in baffle’s operation and evenness of air volume distribution, and have
necessary measurement for air volume; to check the steadiness when the air blowers
run under load and run in parallel as well as the vibration in air channel;
10.2.2.15 To have water- (air-) on test for water (air) ash handling system; for wet
dust arrestor, to have water-on and water film test; for electric dust arrestor, to have
vibration and pressure-increasing test;
10.2.2.16 For the coal-transferring system, to have united commissioning, to test the
Accident button and interlocking (program controlled) unit, and have commissioning
when loaded with coal, check the start/stop, sieving, crushing and de-ironing
functions;
10.2.2.17 The speed increasing in powder supplying units shall be stable, by
adjusting positions of different points of the unit, the speed deviation of each powder
supplying unit shall be  5% of the rated speed of that section;
10.2.2.18 To check and test the sootblower and smoke-temperature probe;
10.2.2.19 To have water-on test by simulating the operation condition for the
monotube boiler while turning on the circulating system, check the valves, meters and
operation and adjustment functions.
10.2.3 When starting the powder-making system to make powder of a new boiler, it
shall be able to fire the coal powder in the exhaust air discharged into the combustion
chamber, prevent the coal powder from settling and burning itself and exploring in
any section of the boiler, otherwise, never discharge exhaust air in the combustion
chamber.
10.2.4 The first temperature rising and pressure increasing for the steam-manifold
boiler shall be slow and stable, and the speed for temperature rising and pressure
increasing shall be in accordance with the technical documents of the equipment,
generally, the saturated temperature rising is controlled to be less than 50C/H; during
the temperature rising and pressure increasing process, the expansion of every part of
the heating surface shall be checked and monitored temperature difference in upper
and lower wall of the manifold; generally, the expansion values shall be checked and
record:
10.2.4.1 Before water supply;
10.2.4.2 After water supply;
10.2.4.3 0.3 ~ 0.5 MPa;
10.2.4.4 1 ~ 1.5 MPa;
10.2.4.5 50% of the boiler’s working pressure;
10.2.4.6 Work pressure.
In case of abnormality in expansion, the reasons shall be detected and measures shall
be taken to remedy the abnormality before the pressure is increased.
10.2.5 When boiler’s pressure rises to 0.3 ~ 0.5 MPa for the first time, one shall
tighten under hot state all bolts newly installed or dismantled before at all
pressure-carrying components.
10.2.6 During commissioning of the boiler, one shall check frequently the tightness
of pressure-carrying components, and smoke, air and coal powder pipes; check the
force on boiler hanger rods, pipe supporting hangers and the working state of
expansion compensators, check the vibration in water-cooling wall tubes of the
combustion chamber and components of boiler.
10.2.7 For a boiler furnished with wall-type reheater, during the starting-up, one shall
make up the start-up protection measures based on the actual features of the
equipment; the smoke temperature probe shall work and indicate correctly.
10.2.8 During the commissioning of different phases, one shall supervise the steam
water quality in accordance with the supervision instruction for steam water during
commissioning of a boiler set, and guarantee the quality of steam water to be
acceptable.
10.2.9 During the commissioning, one shall put into the deaerator to heat and
deoxidize based on the design system; when the boiler is stopped for more than 20
days, he shall take anti-corrosion measures in accordance with “The Code of Erection
and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction (Section of Chemistry for Thermal
Power Plant)”.
10.2.10 During the commissioning, one shall carefully maintain the water levels,
avoid accidents due to water shortage and overflowing; one shall frequently monitor
the combustion and adjust, so that the combustion is sound, and such accidents can be
avoided as fire out, explosive combustion in the combustion chamber and secondary
combustion at flue in the tail.
10.3 Baking the Boiler

10.3.1 Before baking boiler, the following conditions shall be met:
10.3.1.1 The installation of the boiler body, works concerning the furnace wall and
heat-insulation have been completed, the air-leakage test for the furnace wall has been
tested to be acceptable;
10.3.1.2 All the systems required for baking the boiler have been erected and gone
through commissioning, and can be put into operation at any time;
10.3.1.3 The thermal and electric instruments needed for boiler baking have been
erected, calibrated and adjusted to be acceptable, and can be put into operation at any
time;
10.3.1.4 The temporary facilities for baking the boiler have been set up.
10.3.2 When baking the boiler by using fuel, one shall take care the following:
10.3.2.1 Never bake with raging fire;
10.3.2.2 The water level of the steam drum shall often maintain at the normal
range;
10.3.2.3 The temperature-rising speed and duration for the boiler shall be
determined depending on the boiler type, furnace wall structure, construction way for
the furnace wall, completion time, room temperature and climatic condition, etc.;
10.3.2.4 The burning strength and temperature rising will be controlled by the post
smoke temperature of the over heater, generally, for bricked light furnace wall, the
temperature rising shall be no more than 100 C every day, and the max. smoke
temperature at post stage shall be no more than 250C.
10.3.3 For concrete (refractory concrete, heat-insulation concrete) furnace wall in
which tubes are laid, generally, after reaching to the normal curing period, it can go
without baking the boiler separately; for a region with specially damp climate,
whether the boiler was baked depending on the actual situation can be determined;;
when baking the boiler, the temperature rising shall be controlled to be no more than
10C/h, and the max. smoke temperature at outlet of the over heater at post stage shall
be no more than 200C, the duration under such temperature shall be no less than one
overnight.
10.3.4 Before baking, one shall reserve discharging holes for moisture at proper
points outside the furnace wall, so as to guarantee that the water steam can be
exhausted freely during the baking.
10.3.5 Before and during baking the boiler, for bricked furnace wall, 50g grout
sample at the following points for refractory bricks and “J” intersecting points for
heat-insulation bricks one shall be taken about, the water content in the grout shall be
analyzed:
10.3.5.1 1 ~ 1.5 m above the burner;
10.3.5.2 Middle at two sides of the over heater.
10.3.6 When the water content is below 7% in the grout for refractory bricks for
bricked furnace wall, one can begin boiling the boiler; after the boiling, the water
content in the grout shall be no more than 2.5%.
10.3.7 During the baking, the temperature rising shall be stable; one shall check
frequently the furnace wall, prevent that it will produce any crack or concave or
convex deformation, etc.
10.3.8 After baking, one shall sort out the record, and have certificate signed.
10.4 Chemical Cleaning of Boiler

10.4.1 For the chemical cleaning range for a boiler, generally, it has the following
specifications:
10.4.1.1 For monotube boiler and steam drum boiler whose over-heater’s steam
outlet pressure is 9.8 MPa or above, before putting into operation, one must carry out
chemical cleaning; for steam drum boiler whose over-heater’s steam outlet pressure is
lower than 9.8 MPa (except fro those with serious corrosion), it can go without acid
cleaning, but must go through alkali boiling;
10.4.1.2 Generally, an over-heater will not go through chemical cleaning, but for a
boiler re-heater whose outlet pressure is 17.4MPa and above, one can have chemical
cleaning depending on situation; during the cleaning process, one must guarantee that
the flow rate in the tube is up to be above 0.15 m/s; when making chemical cleaning
for the over heater, it must be provided with reliable measures to prevent “gas plug”
and prevent products due to corrosion from settling in the tube.
10.4.2 The chemical cleaning for a boiler shall be considered comprehensively
depending on such factors as the degree of being rusted, structure, material for the
boiler, cleaning effect, corrosion inhibiting effect, economical requirement,
requirement on discharging and disposal of waste liquid, etc.; generally, cleaning
media shall be selected and the cleaning parameters shall be determined by test; as for
the cleaning media for your selection, please refer to Appendix S.
One shall select the cleaning way depending on the cleaning media and type
of a boiler.
10.4.3 The chemical cleaning for a boiler can be conducted in accordance with The
Guideline for Chemical Cleaning for Boiler of A Thermal Power Plant (SD135-86)
under the direction from (a) chemical expert(s) and by following the chemical
cleaning program and measures (or operation instruction paper) that has been ratified.
When having small-scale test before cleaning, one shall use a tube as a
specimen, the piping section to be monitored during the cleaning and corrosion
indicator piece, which has the same material with that of the heating surface to be
cleaned of the boiler and of the same inside corrosion and dirt degree.
10.4.4 The system for chemical cleaning shall meet the following requirements:
10.4.4.1 Can continuously provide enough qualified desalinization water or
softening water, the power supply shall be safe and reliable;
10.4.4.2 It has reliable steam supply and heating unit, can heat the cleaning media
to specified temperature;
10.4.4.3 The discharging of the waste liquid from chemical cleaning shall be treated
in a comprehensive way, the concentricity of and the discharging place for the harmful
substances in the waste liquid treated shall meet The Comprehensive Discharging
Standard for Sewage (GB8978-88);
10.4.4.4 The welding for the temporary system must be done be qualified welders,
It is preferred to use argon welding technology (except for the discharging tube), the
pressure class for all valves must be higher than that used in the chemical cleaning,
and it shall have no copper parts in the valve themselves;
10.4.4.5 The system must have passed the hydraulic pressure test, and the pressure
for which is the max. pressure for the cleaning pump used;
10.4.4.6 One must be very sure that the cleaning pump used will work reliably;
10.4.4.7 In the system, generally, it shall be furnished with temperature-measuring
points, sampling points, pressure meters, flow meters, supervising pipe section and
corrosion indicator pieces;
10.4.4.8 The parts that are connected with the devices and systems under chemical
cleaning but will not take part in the chemical cleaning shall be separated reliably;
10.4.4.9 The flow rates of the parallel pipes in the circuit for chemical cleaning
shall be even as far as possible.
10.4.5 In the chemical cleaning program, one shall define all kinds of safety
protective measures.
10.4.6 After chemical cleaning, one shall check the steam drum, inside of the lower
header for water-cooling wall, supervising pipe section and corrosion indicator piece,
which shall meet the following requirements:
10.4.6.1 The inside surfaces shall be clean, basically, they shall have no residual
oxidate and welding slag;
10.4.6.2 No secondary floating rust, no spot corrosion, no over-cleaning sign of
obvious coarse metal crystal, no copper plating, and shall form up complete
passivation protection film;
10.4.6.3 The average corrosion rate of the corrosion indicator piece shall be lower
than 10g / (m2·h);
10.4.6.4 The valves on fixed on devices shall not be damaged.
For a situation with very poor chemical cleaning effect, one shall analyze that
and take remedy measures.
10.4.7 The time from the ending of chemical cleaning to the starting-up of the boiler
shall not exceed 30 days, otherwise one shall take anti-corrosion measures in
accordance with The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power
Construction (Section of Chemistry for Thermal Power Plant).
10.4.8 When have alkali boiling for a steam drum boiler with a working pressure less
than 9.8MPa, the dosing volume is 3 ~ 5 kg (in a purity of 100%) sodium hydroxide
and Na3PO4 respectively for each cubic meter of water; after adding the chemicals,
increase the pressure to 1.96 ~ 2.45 MPa, the steam exhaustion is 10% ~ 15% rated
steam output; after 24h of boiling, to discharge dirt and change water alternately
through the dirt-discharging points at lower place till the quality of water is up to the
required standard for operation; then stop the boiler or increase the pressure, have
steam purging, steam tightness test and adjust the relief valve.
10.4.9 When have alkali boiling for the boiler, the chemical liquid shall not come into
the over heater.
10.4.10After alkali boiling for the boiler and the boiler stops and discharges water,
one shall check the steam drum, inside of the lower header of the water-cooling wall,
clean thoroughly the substances adhered and residuals inside.
10.5 Flushing and Purging of Pipes
10.5.1 For the water supply, desuperheating water, overheater and reheater and their
pipes, they shall be flushed and purged before water and steam supplying, so as to
remove foreign matters and rust from the pipes.
10.5.2 The flushing and purging of pipes shall follow Clause 6.2 of “Cleaning
Specifications for Pipe System” in The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric
Power Construction (Section of Piping); the welding of temporary pipes must be done
by qualified welders, and the welding points in front of target board shall use argon
arc welding technology.
10.5.3 When flushing the desuperheating water pipes, the following devices
generally will not take part in the flushing, in case that the foreign matters will block:
10.5.3.1 Surface type desuperheating station;
10.5.3.2 Hybrid desuperheating station;
10.5.3.3 Condenser of the self-condensing desuperheating water.
10.5.4 When flushing with water, the water shall better be desalinization water or
softened water, the flushing water volume shall be more than the max. water volume
for normal operation, and it is qualified when the outlet water is clean, and the outlet
water quality is near to the inlet one.
10.5.5 When purging the boiler’s overheater, reheater and their steam piping system,
generally, it shall meet the following requirements:
10.5.5.1 The sectional area of temporary pipes used shall be more than or equal to
that of the pipe to be purged, and the temporary pipes shall be as short as possible to
minimize resistance;
10.5.5.2 During purging, the controlling door shall be fully open (except for pure
direct-flowing purging for monotube boiler); when purging with accumulated heat
way, the opening time for the controlling door generally shall be less than 1min;
10.5.5.3 The blowpipe coefficient at different points of the system to be purged
shall be more than 1;
Blowpipe coefficient = (steam flow for purging pipe2 ×specific volume of steam when
purging the pipe)/(rated load flow 2 ×specific volume of steam at rated load)
10.5.5.4 The controlling parameters for purging can be calculated in advance or
determined by actual measurement at the purging; while meeting 10.5.5.1 and
10.5.5.2, after opening fully the controlling door and the outlet pressure of the
overheater is up to value in Table 10.5.5.4, generally, it can meet the requirement as
the blowpipe coefficient at different points is more than 1; at this time the
corresponding steam output of the boiler is 60% ~ 70% rated steam output;
Table 10.5.5.4 Pressure Values Required during Purging
Parameter of boiler Outlet pressure of Parameter of boiler Outlet pressure of

(MPa/C) overheater (MPa) (MPa/C) overheater (MPa)
3.82 / 450 1.0 16.67 / 545 4.25
9.8 / 540 2.4 25 / 550 6.25
13.7 / 540 3.4
10.5.5.5 The pressure dropping when purging steam drum boiler shall be controlled
to be within the range that the saturated temperature dropping is not more than 42C;
10.5.5.6 During the purging process, it shall have at least one cooling with boiler
stopped (for more than 12h), so as to cool the overheater, reheater and their pipes, and
improve the purging effect.
10.5.6 When purging with steam the reheating boiler, one can purge it in one time
(without dividing into different phases) by connecting the primary and secondary
systems in serial (it’s short as ‘one-step’ way), but one must add a particle collector
(garbage collector) on the cool section of the reheating steam; when using ‘one-step’
way, the particle collector must meet the following requirements:
10.5.6.1 The resistance is less than 0.1MPa;
10.5.6.2 The strength meets requirement for parameters of steam;
10.5.6.3 With good performance in collecting foreign matters.
10.5.7 In order to reduce noise pollution to the environment, when have steam
purging for boiler and its pipes of 670t/h, one had better add a silencer at the steam
exhaustion port.
10.5.8 Criteria for purging quality:
10.5.8.1 The blowpipe coefficient is more than 1 for overheater, reheater and their
pipes;
10.5.8.2 At the temporary steam exhaustion pipe at end of the pipe to be purged (or
at steam exhaustion port), to set up a target board, which can be made of aluminum
sheet, its width is about 8%of the inner diameter of the steam-exhaustion pipe, the
length is just to stride longitudinally the inner diameter of the pipe; while
guaranteeing the blowpipe coefficient, check successively twice by replacing the
target board, the grain size of spots on the target board shall be no more than 0.8 mm,
and the amount of spots shall be no more than 8, in this case, one can regard the
purging as qualified.
10.5.9 After flushing and purging the pipes, one shall sort out the record and have
certificate signed.
10.6 Steam Tightness Test and Adjustment of Relief Valve

10.6.1 When the boiler’s pressure is increased to the working pressure to carry out
steam tightness test, one shall take care to check:
10.6.1.1 The tightness of welded points, manholes, hand holes and flanges;
10.6.1.2 The tightness of boiler’s attachments and all steam-water valves;
10.6.1.3 The expansion of the steam drum, header, all heating surface components
and steam-water pipes in the range of boiler, as well as the force applied,
displacement and shrinkage of their stands, hanger rods, hanger and springs, etc, and
whether it has something hindering the expansion.
10.6.2 For the check results of the steam tightness test, one shall make detailed
record, and have certificated signed.
10.6.3 After steam tightness test, one can increase pressure to adjust the relief
valves.
10.6.4 The pressure adjustment for relief valves shall be based on the in-place
pressure gages, which shall be calibrated to be acceptable, and be furnished with
deviation records, if the deviation near the adjustment value is more than 0.5%, one
shall make deviation correction.
10.6.5 The adjustment value for relief valves’ action pressure shall follow The
Supervision Instruction for Boiler in Electric Power Industry, refer to Appendix T.
10.6.6 Before adjusting a pulse relief valve, one shall first purge the pulse steam
pipe; generally, one shall first adjust the mechanical parts, during the time when the
electric system will not work, so as to guarantee that if the electric system doesn’t
work, the relief valve can still work normally.
10.6.7 Before adjusting relief valves, one must first check the electric controlling
parts with power on; the compressed air system must be cleaned; and the electric
power shall be reliable.
10.6.8 For a pure mechanical spring relief valve, one had better use hydraulic unit to
carry out the inspection and adjustment, generally this can be done with 75% ~ 80%
rated pressure; for the relief valves adjusted by hydraulic unit, one can recheck the
relief valves by selecting one with the lowest on-off value in the same system and
letting it make actual on-off action.
10.6.9 One shall make marks for the relief valves that have gone through adjustment;
during commissioning at different phases, it is forbidden to separate or
wedge-blocked the relief valves.
10.6.10 Under the working pressure, one shall test the characteristics of the water
supply regulating valve, so that the automatic water-supply regulating unit can be put
into operation during the commissioning for the whole kit.
10.6.11 After adjustment for the relief valves, one shall sort out the record, and have
certificated signed.
10.7 Start-up and Commissioning for the Whole Kit

10.7.1 After a boiler set is installed and has gone through sub-item commissioning,
it must pass start-up commissioning as a whole kit for a time period and procedure in
accordance with The Start-up and Completion Acceptance Instructions for Basic
Construction Works for Thermal Power Plant, so as to check the quality of
construction, design and equipment, check whether the equipment can reach rated
output, whether it meets design requirements.
10.7.2 Before the start-up commissioning as a whole kit, it shall meet the following
conditions:
10.7.2.1 The items with defects found in previous phases have been completely
corrected;
10.7.2.2 For a new boiler, the sub-item commissioning for the auxiliary machines
and attached systems as well as for fuel, water supply, ash removing, and power
consuming system, etc. have been conducted in an acceptable way, all of them can
meet the full load requirement for the boiler;
10.7.2.3 All checks and tests have been completed, and all kinds of protection
functions can be put into operation;
10.7.2.4 The thermal, electric instruments and controls necessary for the start-up
commissioning as a whole kit for the boiler have been installed and adjusted, they
have correct indications and sound actions;
10.7.2.5 The chemically supervising work can go on normally, and the fuel for
commissioning has been analyzed;
10.7.2.6 The production organization unit is ready for production, and can meet
requirement for commissioning.
10.7.3 After the boiler’s steam supplying is up to the full load, it shall continuously
go on with commissioning for 72h or 7 days (if it can’t work to the full load due to the
system or other reason, it’s up to the start-up committee to determine the max.
allowable load). During the start-up commissioning as a whole kit, all auxiliary
devices shall be put into operation at the same time or one after another; the
temperature and vibration of the bearings shall be in accordance with the technical
documents of the equipment; and the boiler steam parameters, combustion conditions
shall basically reach to the design requirements.
10.7.4 T coal-fired boiler shall fulfill out-of-oil (or natural gas), tougaojia
(high-temperature heater operation), dust collecting when power on, and run under
full load continuously for 72h (or 7 days), the steam-water quality shall be qualified,
the automatic devices are put into operation (if some individual device can’t be put
into operation fully due to design, equipment or system, one shall state in written the
reason for that, then the run for concerned device can be done at the test production
phase with approval from the start-up committee), the adjusting quality shall basically
fulfill the design requirements; and all the system shall operate normally, up to this
one can regard that the start-up commissioning as a whole kit is completed.
10.7.5 For a boiler used for 300MW below set, after start-up commissioning as a
whole kit for 72h, one shall make a thorough check for each device, treat defects
found in the commissioning; after that, he shall start the set again, and run the set
under full load continuously for 24h, after which he will hand it over to the production
organization unit to put into test production phase; for a boiler used for 300MW and
above set, it shall go through continuous run under load for 7 days, both the main and
auxiliary devices will not interrupt, after it is qualified, one shall hand it over to the
production unit to put into test production phase; when handing over the boiler to the
production unit, the certificate for start-up commissioning as a whole kit shall be
signed; and the formalities for handing over devices and technical materials as well as
for completion acceptance shall go through in accordance with The Start-up and
Completion Acceptance Instructions for Basic Construction Works for Thermal Power
Plant.
10.7.6 Within one and half months after the start-up commissioning as a whole kit
completes and the boiler goes into test production, the following construction
technical documents shall be handed over:
10.7.6.1 Erection records, certificates, quality evaluation, sub-item test (or
experiment) records on all items specified in Section 1 ~ 9 of this Code;
10.7.6.2 Records and certificates concerning all commissioning or experiments
specified in Clause 10.1 ~ 10.6;
10.7.6.3 Records and certificates concerning the start-up commissioning as a whole
kit;
10.7.6.4 Records on major defects and modifications for that for devices and the
opinion on the treatment;
10.7.6.5 Records on major design defects and modifications for that and the opinion
on the treatment;
10.7.6.6 List of the non-finished construction items, problems left and the opinion
on the treatment.
Appendix A The manufacturing and assembling tolerances of steel
structures for a boiler (The Appendix for the Standard)
[Excerpt from The Technical Data for Steel Structure of Boiler(JB/T1620-93)]
4 Manufacturing and Assemble Tolerance

4.1 Dimension Deviation for Blanking and Holing
The dimension deviation for blanking and the central distance deviation for holing,
refer to corresponding standards, except that there is special definition in design
drawings and relative technical documents.
4.2 Edge deviation for butt joint
When welding on two steel plates, the edge deviation (δ) between them (see fig. 3)
should be in accordance with the stipulation in Table 5.
Fig. 3
Table 5 unit: mm
Thickness of steel plate (S)
1≤S≤4 4≤S≤12 12≤S≤18 18<S
Edge deviation (δ)

≤0.5 ≤1.0 ≤1.5 ≤2.0
4.3 Sub-assembly of Formed Steel

4.3.1 The dimension deviation of section refers to Fig.4 and Table 6.
4.3.2 The dimension deviation of distance (l) between jointed plates refers to Fig. 5.
Fig. 4
Table 6 unit: mm
δ1 δ2 δ3
Symbol
L≤300 L>300 H≤250 H>250 h≤300 h>300
+2 +3
Value ≤2 ≤3 ≤3 ≤5
0 0
Fig.5
4.3.3 The deviation of distance l1 and l2 between ribbed plates or baffle plates, and
the abutted gap between the cover and formed steel, see Fig.6 .
Fig. 6
4.3.4 The transverse or longitudinal slant dimension (δ) that the strengthened plate
or the ribbed plate relates to the web (Fig.7), should be not greater than 3 mm, when
the height H is not greater than 600 mm; and should be not greater than 5 mm, when
H is greater than 600 mm.
4.3.5 The dimension deviation of full-length L refers to Table 7.
Fig.7
Table 7 unit: mm
Dimension deviation
Name of Full-length of the component L
component 1001~ 3001~ 5001~ 8001~ 10001~
≤1000 >15000
3000 5000 8000 10000 15000
0 0 0 0 +2 +2 +2
Column
-4 -4 -4 -4 -6 -6 -6
Beam，Cross 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-4 -6 -8 -10 -10 -10 -10
beam
Brace, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
backbone -3 -3 -3 -4 -4 -6 -8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Frame
-6 -8 -10 -12 -12 -12 -12
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Girder
-3 -5 -6 -8 -9 -12 -12
4.4 Sub-assembly of plate beam

4.4.1 The dimension deviation of height H (Fig. 8) refers to Table 8. The deviation
of width B (Fig. 8) is 5 mm for all widths.
Table 8 unit: mm
Height of plate beam, H H>3000
H≤1600 1600<H≤3000
Dimension deviation ±3 ±5 ±8
4.4.2 The offset of the web central position refers to Fig. 8, the longitudinal slant of
the web refers to Fig. 9, and the transverse slant of the web, Fig 10.
Fig. 8 Fig. 9
4.4.3 The allowed slant (Δ) of swing plate and the allowed bend (Δ1) of local
buckling (Fig. 11) refer to Table 9 and Table 10.
Table 9 unit: mm
Height of plate beam, H >1600
≤1600
Allowed slant, Δ
≤3 ≤5
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
Table 10 unit: mm
Position occurred bend Within 1mm from two ends Central position
allowed bend, Δ1
≤5 ≤10
4.4.4 The deviation of distance l1 and l2 between strengthened plates or ribbed plates
refers to Fig. 6, the transverse or longitudinal slant refers to Clause 4.3.4.
4.4.5 The allowed deviation of the dimension between two support points of plate
beam is ±10 mm.
4.4.6 The dimension deviation of the full-length of plate beam, L, is ±15 mm to the
main beam, 0/-10 mm to the sub beam.
4.4.7 The local flatness of plate beam web, Δ(Fig.12), should be not bigger than 5
mm within any 1 m2 of surface.
Fig. 12
4.4.8 The side camber of plate beam should be not bigger than the 1/1000 of full
length, and not bigger than 10 mm.
4.4.9 The upward vertical deflection f1 (Fig. 13) refers to Table 11, the downward
vertical deflection f2 (Fig. 13) is not bigger than 5 mm.
Fig. 13
Table 11
Stream boiler(t/h) >65 ≤65

Power of boiler
Hot water boiler
>17.5×103(4.2) ≤17.5×103(4.2)
(MJ/h) (106kcal/h)
The upward vertical deflection, f1 (mm) ≤30 ≤15
4.4.10 The twist of plate beam(Fig. 14), should be not greater than 1/1000 of the full
length of plate beam, and not bigger than 10 mm, when the height of plate beam is not
bigger than 2 m; and not bigger than 1/1000 of the full length of plate beam, as well as
16 mm.
Fig. 14
4.4.11 The dimension error of the height (h) of plate beam top bracket refers to Fig.
15, plane slant of bracket, δ1 and δ2, both of them should not be greater than 3 mm.
4.4.12 The dimension error of the distance(l1) between central line of plate beam top
bracket and reference line(Fig. 17), is ±3 mm, when l1 is greater than 2 mm, and ±5
mm when l1 is bigger than 2 m.
Fig. 15 Fig. 16
4.5 Beam (plate beam excluded)
4.5.1 The dimension error of the full
length of beam refers to Table 7.
4.5.2 Both the side camber and deflection
of beam should be not greater than
1/1000 of the full length of beam, as well
as not bigger than 10 mm.
4.5.3 The twist of beam (see Fig. 14)
Fig. 17 should be not greater 1/1000 of the full
length of beam, as well as not bigger than
10 mm.
4.5.4 The dimension deviation of top bracket height (h) of beam and plane slant of
the bracket refer to Clause 4.4.11.
4.5.5 The dimension deviation of the distance between central line of top bracket of
beam and reference line refers to Clause 4.4.12.
4.6 Column
4.6.1 The dimension error of the full length of column refers to Table 7.
4.6.2 The verticality between base plate and central lime of column refers to Fig. 18.
4.6.3 The linearity of column should be not greater than 1/1000 of the full length, as
well as not bigger than 10 mm.
4.6.4 The twist of column (see Fig. 14) should be not greater than 1/1000 of the full
length of column, as well as not bigger than 10 mm.
4.6.5 The dimension error Δl1 (Fig. 18) of the assemble height (l1) of top bracket of
beam, is ±2 mm, when l1 is not greater than 4 m, and is +2/-4 mm, when l1 is greater
than 4 m.
Fig. 18
4.6.6 The plane slant of top bracket of column refers to Clause 4.4.11.
4.7 Frame and Girder
4.7.1 The dimension error of the full length (L) of frame (include safe plate frame,
top safe plate frame or other rectangle frames) or girder refers to Table 7.
4.7.2 The length error, side camber and deflection of the two diagonals of frame
refer to Table 12.
Table 12 unit: mm
Length of frame side, L L>5000
L≤2500 2500<L≤5000
Length error of the two diagonals

≤5 ≤8 ≤10
Side camber or deflection

≤4 ≤6 ≤8
4.7.3 The side camber and deflection of girder refer to Table 13.
Table 13 unit: mm
Length of girder or table, L L>10000
L≤6000 6000<L≤10000
Side camber or deflection

≤6 ≤10 ≤12
4.7.4 The intersection point of axes of slant brace of girder should locate on the
cross bar of girder, and the offset of the intersection point Δ1 (Fig. 19) should be not
greater than 10 mm, the position offset of perpendicular bar Δ2 (Fig. 19) should be not
greater than 5 mm.
4.8 Platform and stair
4.8.1 Reliable anti-slip precautions must be made for platform plate, stair and foot
paddle.
4.8.2 The dimension error of platform length is 0/-2 mm over per 1 m, as well as not
bigger than 0/-10 mm.
Fig 19
4.8.3 The dimension error of platform width is ±5 mm.

4.8.4 The side camber or deflection of platform refers to Table 13.
4.8.5 The dimension error of pulling netted plate or netted steel plate is +10/0 mm,
its width error is ±5 mm.
4.8.6 The dimension error of stair refers to Fig. 20.
Fig. 20
4.8.7 The dimension error of support foot refers to Fig. 21.
4.9 Calibration of dimension error
In order to meet to requirements of component dimensions, it is necessary to calibrate
the component dimensions before and after assembling. If calibrating with flame, the
temperature of steel is not allowed to over 950ºC. If it need to cool with water to
shorten cooling time, the steel can been cooled down to that it become in black on
surface to assure that its tenacity and plasticity will not be reduced, and then be cooled
down rapidly with water.
Fig. 18
Appendix B The reference data for critical temperature of steel
commonly used in thermal power plant (The Appendix for tip)
Table B The critical temperature of steel commonly used
Brands Critical temperature (appx.) (ºC)

Serial number
Number of steel Standard number Ac1 Ac3
1 10 GB3087-82 724 876
2 20 GB3087-82 735 855
3 20G GB5310-85
4 22G GB713-86
5 25 GB699-88 735 840
6 35 GB699-88 724 802
7 12CrMo GB3077-88 720 880
8 15CrMo GB3077-88 745 845
9 30CrMo GB3077-88 757 807
10 35CrMo GB3077-88 755 800
11 12CrMoV GB3077-88 820 945
12 12Cr1MoV GB3077-88 744~803 882~914
13 12Cr3MoWVTiB GB5310-85 812~860 900~930
14 12Cr3MoVSiTiB GB5310-85 870~978 965~970
Appendix C The allowable deviation of overall size of foundation
for boiler (the Appendix for Standard)
[Excerpt from The Code for Construction and Acceptance of Concrete Structure
Engineering (GB/ 50204-92)]
The allowable deviation of concrete foundation for equipment should be in

accordance with the definition in Table C.
Table C Allowable Deviation of Concrete Foundation for Equipment
No. Item Allowable deviation (mm)

1 Coordinate position (transverse and longitudinal axes) 20
0
2 Marked height of different planes
-20
3 Overall size of plane ±20
0
4 Overall size of plane on pad
-20
+20
5 Size of reentrant
0
Levelness of plane (include the part for installing equipment on 5 per meter, and no more than
6
ground) 10 over full length
5 per meter, and no more than
7 Verticality
10 over full length
+20
Marked height (top)
8 Preset ground screw 0
Central distance (measured at foot and top) ±2
Central position 10
Preset bolt holes for +20
9 Depth
ground screw 0
Verticality of hole wall 10
+20
Marked height
0
Central position 5
Preset active ground
10 Levelness of anchor plate with slot and
screw anchor plate 5
concrete foundation surface
Levelness of anchor with screw hole and
2
concrete foundation surface
Appendix D The allowable deviation of steel concrete structure for
boiler after hoisting (The Appendix for standard)
[Excerpt from The Code for Construction and Acceptance of Concrete Structure
Engineering (GB/ 50204-92)]
D.1 The allowable deviation of integral steel concrete structure should be in

accordance with the definition in Table D.1.
Table D.1 Allowable Deviation of Integral Steel Concrete Structure
No. Item Allowable deviation (mm)

(1) Foundation 15
(2) Independent foundation 10
1 Axes position
(3) Wall, column, beam 8
(4) Shear force wall 5
(1) height between floors≤5 m 8

10
2 Verticality >5 m
(2) Whole height H/1000, and≤30
(1) Height between floors ±10

3 Marked height
(2) Whole height ±30
+8
4 Section size
-5
5 Levelness of surface (length over 2 m) 8
(1) Preset components 10
Central line position of
6 (2) Preset ground bolts 5
preset equipments
(3) Preset ground tubes 5
7 Central line position of reserved hole 15
(1) Length and width of room to position central +25
line 0
8 Room for lift
(2) Verticality over whole height of room H/1000, and≤30
Note: H – the whole height of construction

D.2 The allowable deviation for installing structures should be in accordance with
definition in Table D.2.
Table D.2 Allowable Deviation for Installation Structures

Allowable deviation
No. Item
(mm)
Cup type Position of central line to axis 10
1
foundation Installation marked height of cup bottom 0~-10
Position of central line to positioned axis 5
Central line position of joint on upper and lower column 3
≤5 m 5
>5 m, <10 m 10
Verticality
2 Column 1/1000 of marked
≥10 m
height and ≤20
Marked height of
≤5 m 0~-5
shouldered top surface and
column top >5 m 0~-8
Beam and beam of Position of central to positioned axis 5
3
crane Marked height of top surface of beam 0~-5
Position of lower chord central line to positioned axis 5
1/250 of house
4 House frame Girder, arch house frame
Verticality frame height
Thin web girder 5
Position of component central line to positioned axis 5
5 Scuttle frame 1/300 of scuttle
Verticality
frame height
Position of base central line to positioned axis 5
6 Bracket frame
Verticality 10
Levelness of lower surface Plastering 5
7 Plate
between adjacent plates Not plastering 3
Horizontal position 10
8 Stair balcony
Marked height ±5
Position of central to positioned axis 3
Verticality 3
9 Huge wall plate Slant-in(or slant-out) of wall at every floor 2
Verticality over whole height of building 10
Height difference of wall plate butted gap ±5
Appendix E Manufacturing and assembling tolerance of pipe type
air pre-heater (the Appendix for standard)
[Excerpt from Technical condition for pipe type air pre-heater (JB/T1616-93)]
4 Manufacturing and assemble tolerance

4.1 Edge deviation for butt weld seam
4.1.1 When butt welding pipes, the edge deviation of butt seam should be not
greater than 0.5 mm.
4.1.2 When butt welding tube tubes, the edge deviation of tube, should be not
greater than 1.5 mm, if the thickness of tube is not greater than 18 mm, and not
greater than 2 mm, when the thickness greater than 18 mm.
4.2 Tube plate
4.2.1 The allowable deviation for flatness of tube plate after blanking or splicing
should be not greater than 2 mm over per meter, as well as not bigger than 5 mm over
the whole tube plate. It is needed to level if the flatness is greater than above
specification.
4.2.2 The straightness of four sides of tube plate should be not greater than 0.3% of
the full length.
4.2.3 The difference (l1-l2) of length of the two diagonals of tube plate, l1 and l2(Fig.
1), should be not greater than 4 mm.
Fig. 1
4.2.4 The diameter error of tube hole should be not bigger than 1~0 mm.
4.2.5 The dimension error of center distance t, t1, t2 or t3 (Fig.2) between adjacent
longitudinal or transverse tube holes are ±2 mm. The dimension error of center
distances between outermost adjacent longitudinal or transverse tube holes, L or L1, is
±3 mm.
4.3 Tube box
Fig. 2
4.3.1 The dimension error of tube box height is ±4 mm if the tube box height is not
greater than 3 m, and ±6 mm if it is greater than 3 m.
4.3.2 The height difference (h1-h2) between that of any two side arises among four
arises of tube box, h1 and h2 (Fig. 1), should be not greater than 4 mm if the height of
tube box is not bigger than 3 m, and is not greater than 6 mm if the height is bigger
than 3 m.
4.3.3 The dimension error of the distance from intermediate tube plate in tube box to
top tube plate, h3, or to bottom tube plate, h4, is ±4 mm.
4.3.4 Both length error (Δa) of tube box length (a), or width error (Δb) of tube box
width (b), are ±4 mm, if tube box length (a) or width (b) are not greater than 2 m, and
are ±6 mm if greater than 2 m.
4.3.5 The length difference (l3-l4) between two diagonals l3 and l4 (Fig. 1) in side
face between adjacent tube plates of tube box, is not greater than 5 mm, when tube
box height is not bigger than 3 m, and not greater than 10 mm if the height bigger than
5 m.
Appendix F The allowable deviation for outer diameter and wall
thickness of heating surface pipe( The Appendix for standard)
[Excerpt from Seamless Steel Tube for High-pressure Boiler (GB5310-85)]
Table F Allowable Deviation for Outer Diameter and Wall Thickness of

Heating Surface unit: mm
Precision
Type of steel tube Size of steel tube
Common grade Advanced grade
±1.0%
±0.75%
<57
(minimum：±0.5) (minimum: ±0.3)
Outer diameter
57~159 ±1.0% ±0.75%
+1.25%
>159 ±1.0%
Hot-rolled -1.0%
(extruded) tube +15%~-10%
±10%
<3.5
（minimum:+0.48~-0.32） (minimum: ±0.2)
Wall Thickness
+15%
3.5~20 ±10%
-10%
>20 ±10% ±7.5%
≤30 ±0.2% ±0.15%

Outer diameter ±0.3% ±0.25%
>30~51
Cold-drawn (rolled) ±0.8% ±0.6%
>51
tube
+12%
2~8 ±10%
Wall Thickness -10%
>8 ±10% ±7.5%
Note: (1) The allowable deviation is +12.5%~-10% if the outer diameter of steel tube is 219 mm or bigger, and
the wall thickness is greater than 20 mm.
(2) The allowable deviation for hot-expending tube will be established by the two relative parties.
Appendix G The allowable deviation of manufacturing dimension
for flue pipe, air pipe and coal pipe

( The Appendix for tip)
Table G Allowable Deviation of Manufacturing Dimension for Flue Pipe, Air

Pipe and Coal pipe unit: mm
No. Inspect item Allowable deviation
1 Side length of Square (rectangle) section 2/1000 of the side length
2 Length difference of diagonals of square (rectangle) section 2/1000 of the side length
3 Diameter of circle section 3/1000 of the diameter
4 Ellipticity of circle section 3/1000 of the diameter
5 Length of component 2/1000 of the length
(minus value not allowed)
6 Camber of component 2/1000 of the length
7 Center distance between flange and screw hole ±1
8 Deviation between flange edge
≤2
9 Verticality of pipe for Coal powder, gas
Diameter ≤500
2
10 Diameter>500 3
Verticality of pipe flange for flue, air and coal powder
Frame size<1500×1500 3
Frame size 1500×1500~2500×2500 5
11 Frame size 2500×2500 7
12 Height of telescopic node ±5
Length of telescopic seat ±3
Appendix H The allowable deviation for masonry construction
(The Appendix for appendix)
[Excerpt from The Code for Erection and Acceptance of Brick Engineering (GBJ
203-83)]
H.1 The allowable deviation of dimension and position for brick construction
should be in accordance with the definition in Table H.1.
Table H.1 Allowable Deviation of Dimension and Position for Brick

Construction
Allowable deviation (mm)
No. Item Inspection method
Foundation Wall Column
Recheck or inspect the measuring
1 Offset of axes 10 10 10 records during constructing with
altometer
Recheck or inspect the measuring
Marked height of foundation
2 ±15 ±15 ±15 records during constructing with
top surface and floor plane
level meter
Check with wire pallet with length
Every floor - 5 5
2m
Verticality of wall
3 ≤10 m - 10 10
Full Check with altometer or
height plumb-line and rule
〉10 m - 20 20
Flatness of - 5 5 Check with straight rule with 2 m

4
surface - 8 8 length and wedge feeler
Straightness of - 7 - Check with line with 10 m length
5
horizontal seam - 10 - and rule
Thickness of horizontal seam
（ calculate with 10 pieces Compare with pieces bar, check

6 - ±8 -
with rule
bricks）
Check with plumb-line and rule,

7 - 20 - calculate the first round of brick of
every floor only
Check with altometer and
Offset of upper and lower
8 - 20 - plumb-line, calculate the windows
window on outer wall
of base floor only
Width of holes for doors and
9 - ±5 - Check with rule
windows
H.2 The allowable deviation of dimension and position for stone construction should be in accordance with the definition in Table H.2.
Table H.2 Allowable Deviation of Dimension and Position for Stone Construction
Allowable deviation (mm)
Stone
Section stone construction
construction
No. Item Inspection method
Coarse section Wall, Wall,
Section stone
foundation wall stone column column
foundation wall foundation wall foundation wall
1 Offset of axes 20 15 20 15 15 10 10 10
2 Marked height of Recheck or inspect the measuring records during constructing
foundation top surface and ±25 ±15 ±25 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±10 ±10 with altometer
floor plane
3 Stack thickness +20 +20 +10 +10 +10 Check with rule
±30 ±30 +15
-10 -10 -5 -5 -5
4 Every floor - 20 - 20 - 10 7 5
cality
Verti
Check with altometer or plumb-line and rule

of
Full height - 30 - 30 - 25 20 15
5 - 20 - 20 - 10 7 5 Check with straight rule with 2 m length and wedge feeler for
Flatness
of plane
fine section stone; otherwise, check with 2 straight rules

- 20 - 20 - 15 - -
perpendicular to seam, establish a 20 m line and rule
6 Straightness of horizontal Check with rule and established 10 m line
- - - - - 10 7 5
seam on wall
Appendix J The allowable deviation of foundation for heavy duty
power equipment( The Appendix for standard)
[Excerpt from The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power Construction
(Section of Building Engineering) (SDJ 69-87)]
Table J Allowable Deviation of Foundation for Heavy Duty Power Equipment

unit: mm
No. Item Allowable deviation
1 Offset between foundation center line and building axis 10
Marked height between floors (1) position of table plate -10
2
(2) Other position -20
Overall size (1) above the floor with height zero ±10
3
(2) Under the floor with height zero ±20
Verticality (1) every meter 5
4
(2) Full height 10
0.1d and ≤10

For reserved hole (1) center position
(2) Verticality
l/200 and ≤10
5 Ground bolt
2
For built-in under ground (1) center position
(2) Verticality ≤1/450
(3) Marked height
±10
6 Offset of center line of Preset ground component and reserved hole 10
Note: d – the inside diameter of preset steel pipe.
l – the length of preset steel pipe( or ground bolt)
Appendix K Calculating the area of edge iron group
(The appendix for tip)
[Excerpt from The code for erection and acceptance for the installation engineering of
mechanical devices TJ 231(I)-75 Clause 2 appendix 4]
When edge iron group is set on concrete foundation or ground, its area can be
calculated approximately as following:
10 6 (Q1  Q2 )
AC
R
Where,
A – area of edge iron
C – safety coefficient, varies from 1.5~3
Q1 – load on edge iron due to weight of equipment, etc
Q2 – pressure distributed on the edge iron after tighten the ground bolt (using
allowed tensile strength of ground bolt to instead of is permitted), N
R – tensile strength of concrete of foundation or ground (using design brand
of concrete to instead of), Pa
Appendix L End face clearance of flexible cylinder pin coupling
mechanical devices TJ 231(I)-75 Table 1-4-6, Clause 61 chapter 1]
Table L End Face Gap of Flexible Cylinder Pin Couple

unit: mm
Standard type Light type
Diameter of
Max. dia. Of Max. dia. Of outer
spindle hole, d Type Gap, C Type Gap, C
outer size, D size, D
25~28 B1 120 1~5 Q1 105 1~4
30~38 B2 140 1~5 Q2 120 1~4
35~45 B3 170 2~6 Q3 145 1~4
40~55 B4 190 2~6 Q4 170 1~5
45~65 B5 220 2~6 Q5 200 1~5
50~75 B6 260 2~8 Q6 240 2~6
70~95 B7 330 2~10 Q7 290 2~6
80~120 B8 410 2~12 Q8 350 2~8
100~150 B9 500 2~15 Q9 440 2~10
Appendix M Expansion clearance of supporting bearing
(the Appendix for tip)
[Excerpt from Description on ball grinder of Shengyang heavy-duty machinery plant]
Table M Expansion Clearance of Supporting Bearing, α

unit: mm
290(250)/ 390(320)/
Specification 250/320 320/580 350/600 350/700
350(320) 470(470)
Gap, α 16 16 20 23 25 28
Fig. M
Appendix N Axial run-out of main bearing
(The Appendix for appendix)
mechanical devices”TJ 231(VI)-78, item 3, Clause 80 chapter 1]
The central line of two hollow spindles should be in a line, measuring at the end face
of main bearing with dial indicator, its axial run-out should be in accordance with the
definition in Table N.
Table N Axial Run-out at End of Main Bearing

unit: mm
Diameter of hollow spindle
Distance between central
900~1500 2100~2700 ≥3200
lines of two main bearings
Axial run-out should not bigger than
≤5000
0.6 0.8 1.0
>5000~10000 0.7 0.9 1.1
0.8 1.0 1.2
>10000
Appendix P Standard for coal-unloading platform
at coal-unloading outlet
( The Appendix for standard)
mechanical devices TJ 231(IV)-78, chapter 2, vol.1]
Technical requirement for unload coal platform of unload coal outlet:

1. Offset of platform marked height: 10 mm;
2. The side plane of platform should be vertical, plainness over full length should be
not bigger than 20 mm;
3. The surface of platform should be level; the longitudinal plainness over full length
should be not bigger than 20 mm.
Appendix Q Standard for set railway
( The Appendix for standard)
mechanical devices TJ 231(IV)-78, chapter 2,vol. 1]
The setup of railway should meet the following requirement:

1. The steel rail must qualified, without bend;
2. Error of distance between parallel rails should be not greater 10 mm;
3. Longitudinal levelness error should be not bigger than 1/1000(measuring every 10
m);
4. The difference of marked height between two rails should be not greater than 10
mm;
5. The gap at joint between rails is 1~2 mm, and gap of telescopic seam should meet
the definition in drawing, its offset is not greater than 1 mm;
6. The offset of top surface and two side surface at rail joint is not bigger than 1 mm;
7. The blocking device at rail end should be secured safely, the two blocking device
at same end of rails can contact to blocked machinery simultaneously during
operation.
Appendix R Current national standards, industrial
regulations, rules relative to this Code
R.1 DL 5031-94 Technical Code for Erection and Acceptance of

Electric Power Construction (section of Piping)
Electric Power Construction (section of welding of
stream power plant)
Electric Power Construction (section of turboset)
R.4 SDJ279-90 Technical Code for Erection and Acceptance of
Electric Power Construction (section of thermal
instrument and control device)
R.5 DJL58-81 Technical Code for Erection and Acceptance of
Electric Power Construction (section of chemistry for
stream power plant)
R.6 GB10060-93 Acceptance rules for elevator installation
R.7 TJ231(I)-75 The code for erection and acceptance for the
installation engineering of mechanical devices (I)
R.8 TJ231(IV)-78 The code for erection and acceptance for the
installation engineering of mechanical devices (IV)
R.9 TJ231(V)-78 The code for erection and acceptance for the
installation engineering of mechanical devices (V)
R.10 TJ231(VI)-78 The code for erection and acceptance for the
installation engineering of mechanical devices (VI)
R.11 GBJ310-88 Standard of project inspection and evaluation for lift
installation
R.12 GB50205-95 Rules of project construction and acceptance for steel
structure
R.13 No.26 of” (80) Rules of technology management for electrical power
electric technology” industry
R.14 No.257 of “Electric Rules of safety inspection of boiler pressure vessel for
power safety electrical power industry
production [1994]”
R.15 No.5 of “(80) steam Technology management rules of project construction
power plant” for electrical power building
R.16 No.4 of “Labor, Inspection rules of safety technology for stream boiler
human, boiler
[1987]”
R.17 SD167-85 Inspection rules of boiler for electrical power industry
R.18 No.159 of ”electric Rules of startup and acceptance for basic construction
power, construction project of stream power plant
[1996]”
R.19 DL5009.1-92 Rules of safety operation for electrical power
construction (part stream power plant)
R.20 SDJ68-84 Rules of maintenance and storage of stream power
equipment for basic construction of electrical power
R.21 GB6034-92 Rules of project construction and acceptance for
concrete structure
R.22 JGJ82-91 Rules of design, construction and acceptance of high
strength bolt joint for steel structure
R.23 GB/T3632-1995 High strength bolt joint pair typed twist for steel
structure
R.24 GB/3633-1995 High strength bolt joint pair typed twist for steel
structure: technical data
R.25 GB228-87 Tensile test method for metal
R.26 GB/T229-1994 Charpy test method of notch for metal
R.27 GB3098.1-82 Mechanical features of fastenings: bolt, screw and
double-screw bolt
R.28 GB3098.2-82 Mechanical features of fastenings: nut
R.29 GBJ203-83 Rules of project construction and acceptance for
masonry structure
R.30 DL/T514-93 Electrical duster of stream power plant
R.31 GBJ128-90 Rules of construction and acceptance for vertical circle
steel welded tank
R.32 SDJ69-97 Technical Rules of construction and acceptance for
electrical building (section of construction project)
R.33 GB2608-87 Silicon brick
R.34 GB2988-87 Bauxite brick
R.35 GB2992-82 Form and size of universal refractory brick
R.36 GB3003-82 Ordinary silicate refractory fiber felt
R.37 GB3712-83 Fireclay and bauxite clay refractory pouring material
R.38 GB3994-83 Fireclay insulating refractory brick
R.39 GB3995-83 Bauxite insulating refractory brick
R.40 GB3996-83 Diatomite heat insulating ware
R.41 GB4415-84 Fireclay refractory brick
R.42 GB4758.1-84 Fireclay and bauxite clay refractory plastic material
R.43 GB5101-93 Ordinary sintered brick
R.44 GB10303-88 Expanding pearlite heat insulating ware
R.45 GB10325-88 Rules of stack, sample, acceptance, storage,
transportation for refractory ware
R.46 GB10326-88 Inspection method for size, appearance and section of
refractory ware
R.47 GB10699-89 Silicate heat insulating ware
R.48 GB11835-89 Rock cotton, silicate cotton and its article for heat
insulation
R.49 GB/T13350-92 Glass wool and its article for heat insulation
R.50 JC209-92 Expanding pearlite
R.51 JC441-91 Expending vermiculite
R.52 JC442-92 Ware of expending vermiculite
R.53 SDJ68-85 Technical data and inspection method for heat power
device and heat insulating material of pipe of stream
power plant
R.54 SDJ66-82 Technical data and inspection method for refractory
material of stream power plant
R.55 GB175-92 Portland cement, ordinary Portland cement
R.56 GB1344-92 Slag Portland cement, eruption Portland cement and
coal powder Portland cement
R.57 GB201-81 Alumina cement
R.58 GB2091-92 Industrial phosphoric acid
R.59 GB4209-84 Sodium silicate
R.60 Ministry of Technical rules of production and construction for
metallurgy industry fireclay and bauxite refractory concrete
R.61 GB7520-87 Technical specification of heat insulation for turbine
R.62 SD135-86 Chemical cleaning rules for boiler of stream power
plant
R.63 GB8978-88 General release standard for sewage
R.64 JB/T1620-93 Technical specification for steel structure of boiler
R.65 JB/T1616-93 Technical specification of pipe type air pre-heater
Appendix S Optional cleaning medium
( the Appendix for tip)
[Excerpt from The Guideline for Chemical Cleaning for Boiler of A Thermal Power Plant (SD135-86)]
Table S Selection of Cleaning Medium

Type of boiler and
Name of cleaning Cleaning Kinds of dirt
No. Additive chemical metal material Advantage and disadvantage
process medium suitable for
suitable for
1 Cleaning with 4%~7% CaCO3>3% Drum boiler, High effective, cheap, easy to obtain and easy to
hydrochloric acid HCl Fe3O4>40% carbon steel dispose for waste
SiO2<5%
2 Cleaning silicate with 4%~7% 0.5%fluoride Fe3O4>40% Drum boiler, High effective to ferric oxide with silicate, cheap,
hydrochloric acid HCl SiO2<5% Benson boiler easy to obtain
3 Cleaning carbonate, 4%~7% Boiling with Na3PO4, NaOH, then adding Drum boiler, High capability to hard carbonate, ferric oxide
sulfate and hard HCl 0.2%NH4HF2 or 0.4%NaF and carbon steel and (CuO<5%), cheap, easy to obtain, simple
sulfate with 0.5%(NH2)2CS to cleaning liquid( no alley steel technology, easy to operate; but trouble to dispose
hydrochloric acid additive in case without CuO) for waste
4 Cleaning with 1.32%~ Cleaning copper with 1.3%~1.5% Fe3O4>40% Drum boiler, Suitable for ferric oxide with CuO<5%, high
hydrochloric, cleaning 1.5%NH3·H2 NH3·H2O and 0.5%~0.75%(NH4)2S2O8 CuO<5% carbon steel and effective for decoppering, but technology
copper with ammonia O after cleaning with hydrochloric acid alley steel complicated
No. Type of boiler
Cleaning Kinds of dirt and metal
Name of cleaning process Additive chemical Advantage and disadvantage
medium suitable for material
suitable for
5 Cleaning thiourea with 4%~7% 0.2%NH4HF2 or 0.4%NaF and (NH2)2CS Fe3O4>40% Drum boiler, Suitable for cleaning ferrite oxide with CuO>5%,
hydrochloric acid, HCl with 6~8 times concentration of copper CuO<5% carbon steel simple technology, High effective
decoppering, passivation ion and alley steel
6 Cleaning thiourea with 4%~7% 0.2% KCNS( no additive in case
hydrochloric acid, HCl Fe3+<500mg/L), 0.2% NH4HF2 or
decoppering, passivation, 0.4%NaF and (NH2)2CS with 6~8 times
deoxidating ferrite concentration of copper ion
7 Cleaning lightacidity with 0.2%~0.3% During rinsing after cleaning with HCl, Fe3O4>40% Drum boiler, Suitable for cleaning CuO and Fe3O4 when
1)
hydrochloric acid, H3C6H5O7 adding 1.5%~2% NaNO2 to CuO<5% Benson boiler cleaning in liquid with pH4~5, high effective
decoppering, passivation 0.2%~0.3% H3C6H5O7, and maintain decoppering, but if the pH is out of control effect,
100~200mg/L CuSO4 50~100mg/L Cl secondary pollution will occur due to
decomposition of NaNO3
8 Cleaning with lemon acid 2%~4% Adding liquid ammonia to H3C6H5O7, Fe3O4>40% Simple structure of cleaning system, no special
H3C6H5O7 and adjust the pH to 3.5~4 precaution for valve, low dangerous, but low
capability of cleaning ferrite oxide
No. Name of cleaning process Cleaning Additive chemical Kinds of dirt Type of boiler Advantage and disadvantage
medium suitable for and metal
material
suitable for
9 “concordance with EDTA” Concentration According to sample of dirt CaCO3 Drum boiler, Simple structure of cleaning system, short time,
Cleaning of EDTA Fe3O4>40% austenite steel less cleaning liquid, but expensive chemicals, the
based on CuO<5% waste liquid must be recovery processing, and the
mini-test recovery rate is about 80%
10 Hydrofluoric acid 1%~1.5% Fe3O4>40% Benson boiler High capability of dissolving ferrite oxide, high
beginning cleaning HF SiO2<5% overheater, reaction speed, short cleaning time, but trouble to
austenite steel dispose waste liquid
Note: 1) when the solution for hydrochloric acid cleaning liquid and light acidic liquid for decoppering and passivation include Cl, it is need to adjust the pH to 5 with hydrochloric acid, and
when the temperature of liquid rises to 56ºC, add H3C6H5O7, NaNO2 and CuSO4 in sequence, and stir to homogeneity.
Appendix T Rules of safety for boiler
(the Appendix for appendix)
[Excerpt from Boiler Supervising Instructions for Electric Power Industry (SD
167-85)]
The startup pressure of safety valve should be adjusted and checked according to the
definition in Table T, except that there is special description by manufacturer.
The reverse pressure difference of safety valve should be 4%~7% of startup pressure
in general, and the maximum must be not greater than 10 of startup pressure.
The safety valve should be of good seal function under operation pressure.
Table T Startup Pressure of Safety Valve

Installation position Startup pressure
Operation pressure
Control safety valve 1.04 times of operation pressure
of drum boiler
At outlet of drum or Operation safety valve 1.06 times of operation pressure
p<5.88 MPa
overheater of Drum
Operation pressure
boiler Control safety valve 1.05 times of operation pressure
of drum boiler
Operation safety valve 1.08 times of operation pressure
p>5.88 MPa
Control safety valve 1.08 times of operation pressure
At outlet of overheater of Benson boiler
Operation safety valve 1.10 times of operation pressure
Re-heater 1.10 times of operation pressure
Startup separator 1.10 times of operation pressure
Note: (1) For pulsed safety valve, the operation pressure refers to operation pressure at the position output pulse,
for other type safety valve, refers to operation pressure at the position of installing safety valve;
(2) The startup pressure of safety valve of overheater outlet should assure that this safety valve works in advance
of others of primary stream system of boiler.
165
Appendix U Terminology relative to the rule
(The Appendix for tip)
U.1 Distance error: the allowable deviation of relative dimension between design
centerlines of boiler structure and equipment components during installation (for example,
between columns, beams, water cooling walls and steel structure).
U.2 Length difference between diagonals: the length difference between two
diagonals of designed square or rectangle of boiler structure, equipment component
outer form (for example, foundation, column, furnace chamber, etc.)
U.3 Marked error: the difference between installation height of boiler structure,
equipment component and its design marked height, in general, with reference to 1 m
marked height of steel frame. Each field relative to boiler body (steel frame, metal
structure, heating surface, flow passage, cavity wall heat insulation etc.) should use
the measuring instrument passed measurement certificate rest.
U.4 Parallelism: the parallelism between two lines or planes parallel to each other,
the error of it should be the minimum difference between vertical distance at two ends
of the two parallel lines or planes.
U.5 Verticality: the difference between right angle and the angle between two planes
or axes and plane that should be perpendicular to each other. The error of it denotes
with the angle between the axes or plane and ideal vertical line, or the rate between
unit length of reference vertical line and the minimum distance Δ of the measured line
or plane, for example, Δ/m.
U.6 Relative offset: both the installation position and design center line of two
components (structures pipes etc) are offset, when their directions are opposite,
Relative offset is the sum of the absolute value of two offset. If their directions are
same, but the value is different, relative offset is the difference of the absolute value of
two offsets.
U.7 Concentricity: it indicates that two circle objects installed on the same axis are
needed to con-center (for example, endplate and round tank body, center line of
spindle with hole at both ends and center line of round tank body, journal of rotating
part of air pipe in helicoids air preheater, rotary lamina adjusting device of blower),
the concentricity is the distance between two centers.
U.8 Roundness：the difference between the perimeter (part or local) of a huge round
object (stator or rotator of helicoids air preheater, rotary air shield, shield of blower
etc.) and the perimeter of ideal circle.
U.9 Flatness: the offset of a plane deviating from ideal plane. In case of plane of
equipment (for example water cooling wall), the offset is the distance difference
between two parallel planes indicating its concave and convex; incase of cavity wall
and heat insulation plane, the offset express as Δ/m.
U.10 Radial run-out: dial indicator point to the axis of measured section, rotate the
rotator, the radial run-out is the difference between max. and min. digital among
checking point(usually, divide into 8 points or 16 points)
U.11 Axial run-out: also refers to “end face run-out”, set 2 dial indicators to the
opposite position on a circle with given diameter at end face, turn rotator, the axial
166
run-out is the half of the difference between maximum and minimum digital both the
indicator recorded simultaneously.
U12. Horizontal offset: indicates longitudinal and transverse horizontal center line of
boiler drum, couple box (it is need to check that the horizontal line stroke hole marked
by manufacturer is correct), check the stroke hole in 4 sides are installed in the same
horizontal plane. The height difference between 2 points in longitudinal or transverse
is longitudinal or transverse horizontal offset.
U.13 Ellipticity: the difference between maximum and minimum diameter of
cylindrical spindle or hole (ring) in a transverse section, divided by nominal diameter,
expressed in percentage. The center of ellipse is uncertain, maximum and minimum
diameter may in any direction.
U.14 Levelness: the difference of level between components that are required to
install in the same horizontal plane. Usually, measure the absolute difference between
every point with level rule, leveler or “U”-shaped pipe.
167
Appendix V Description on words in the rule
(The Appendix for tip)
V.1 Word for “very strict, must do so”

For positive, use word “must ”, for negative, use word “strictly forbidden to”
V.2 Word for “serve, should do so normally”

For positive, use word “shall ”, some individual situation “should”, for negative,
use word “shall not”, “can not”, sometimes use word “inhabit”, means it is more
severe than that of word “shall not”.
V.3 Word for recommendation, and that has some choice, should do so primarily if
there is the condition:
For positive, use word “would better” or “can”; for negative, use word “should
not” or “may not”
V.4 For some standard data, the word “generally” means the summary value when
there is not data provided by manufacturer or from design.
168

China DLT5047 1995

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

China DLT5047 1995

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DL

Industrial Standard of Electric Power of People’s Republic of China

The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power

Issued on Jan. 04, 1996 Effective on May 1st,1996

Ministry of Electric Power Industry of People’s Republic of China

The Code of Erection and Acceptance of Electric Power

China Electric Power Press

1 GENERAL PROVISIONS ..........................................................................................................6

1.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ....................................................................................................6

2 BOILER FRAMEWORK AND RELATIVE METALLIC STRUCTURE...................... 11

2.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS .................................................................................................. 11

3.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................26

4 AUXILIARY PIPES OF BOILER.......................................................................................36

4.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................36

5 SMOKE, AIR, COAL PIPES AND ATTACHMENTS ......................................................41

5.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................41

6 FUEL SYSTEM DEVICE AND PIPE.................................................................................52

6.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ...........................................................................................52

6.2 FUEL DISCHARGER AND UNLOADING PIPE ......................................................................52

7 AUXILIARY MACHINERIES FOR THE BOILER.........................................................58

7.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................58

8 COAL TRANSFERRING EQUIPMENT ...........................................................................91

8.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................91

9 HEAT INSULATION PAINT FOR THE BOILER’S FURNACE WALLS, THERMAL

9.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ................................................................................................102

10 START-UP COMMISSIONING AND ACCEPTANCE FOR BOILER SET ............120

10.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS ................................................................................................120

APPENDIX A THE MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLING TOLERANCES OF

APPENDIX B THE REFERENCE DATA FOR CRITICAL TEMPERATURE OF STEEL

APPENDIX C THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF OVERALL SIZE OF

APPENDIX D THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF STEEL CONCRETE

APPENDIX E MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLING TOLERANCE OF PIPE TYPE

APPENDIX F THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FOR OUTER DIAMETER AND WALL

APPENDIX G THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MANUFACTURING DIMENSION

APPENDIX H THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FOR MASONRY

APPENDIX J THE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF FOUNDATION FOR HEAVY DUTY

APPENDIX K CALCULATING THE AREA OF EDGE IRON GROUP..........................152

APPENDIX L END FACE CLEARANCE OF FLEXIBLE CYLINDER PIN COUPLING

APPENDIX M EXPANSION CLEARANCE OF SUPPORTING BEARING (THE

APPENDIX N AXIAL RUN-OUT OF MAIN BEARING (THE APPENDIX FOR

APPENDIX P STANDARD FOR COAL-UNLOADING PLATFORM..............................156

AT COAL-UNLOADING OUTLET .........................................................................................156

APPENDIX Q STANDARD FOR SET RAILWAY...............................................................157

APPENDIX R CURRENT NATIONAL STANDARDS, INDUSTRIAL REGULATIONS,

APPENDIX S OPTIONAL CLEANING MEDIUM( THE APPENDIX FOR TIP)...........162

APPENDIX T RULES OF SAFETY FOR BOILER (THE APPENDIX FOR APPENDIX)

APPENDIX U TERMINOLOGY RELATIVE TO THE RULE..........................................166

APPENDIX V DESCRIPTION ON WORDS IN THE RULE...........................................168

1.2 Requirement for Coordination in the Building Engineering

before Erecting the Boiler

1.2.4 When an expansion project is implemented, proper insulation measures shall

1 Patten center and foundation lining-out center 5

2 Column elevation and design elevation 5

3 Difference in elevations between columns 3

4 Distance between columns1) 1/1000 of distance, max. not more than 10

5 Verticality of columns 1/1000 of length, max. not more than 15

9 Distance from guard plate frame or truss to column central +5

10 Distance between beams of top plate 3) 3

11 Elevation of top plate 5

12 1.5/1000 of vertical plate height, max. not

13 Elevation of platform 10

14 Relative position between platform and column central line 10